Congress by the enactment of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, 60 Stat. 999, classified principally to chapter 14 (§801 et seq.) of this title, consolidated and revised the laws relating to the administration of the Foreign Service. The Foreign Service Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title, repealed the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and further consolidated and revised the laws relating to the Foreign Service.
See notes preceding section 1 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Section 1, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §8, formerly §1, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §8 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207, related to establishment of Foreign Service.
Section 1a, act May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §1, 59 Stat. 102, related to Congressional declaration of purpose.
Section 2, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §9, formerly §2, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §9 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207, related to definition of a Foreign Service officer and assignment to duty generally.
Section 3, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §10, formerly §3, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §10 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §2, 53 Stat. 583; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §§4, 5, 59 Stat. 102, 103, related to grading, classification, and compensation of officers.
Section 3a, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §33, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; amended Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §4, 53 Stat. 588, related to salary increases.
Section 4, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §11, formerly §4, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §11 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; June 29, 1935, ch. 337, 49 Stat. 436, related to appointment and commission of officers.
Section 5, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §12, formerly §5, 43 Stat. 141; renumbered §12 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, related to examination and appointment on probation of officers.
Section 6, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §12, formerly §5, 43 Stat. 141; renumbered §12 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, related to appointment to a class and not to a particular post.
Section 7, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §14, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §6, 59 Stat. 103, related to reports and recommendations for promotions.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §7, 43 Stat. 141, related to recommissioning diplomatic and consular officers on July 1, 1924.
Section, acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §4, 34 Stat. 100; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §17, formerly §10, 43 Stat. 142, renumbered §17 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, related to inspection of diplomatic and consular offices.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §14, formerly §8, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §14 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, abolished grade of consular assistant and provided against reduction of salaries of certain consuls.
Section 11, R.S. §§1697, 1698, as amended acts Dec. 21, 1898, ch. 36, §§1, 2, 30 Stat. 770, 771; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §16, formerly §9, 43 Stat. 142, renumbered §16 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §7, 59 Stat. 103, related to bonds of officers.
Section 12, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §19, formerly §12, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §19 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §8, 59 Stat. 104, related to living, representation, and post allowances.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §18, formerly §11, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §18 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, which related to receipt of official fees and method of accounting therefor, was transferred to section 4224 of this title.
Section 14, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §20, formerly §13, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §20 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, related to private secretaries to ambassadors.
Section 15, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §21, formerly §14, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §21 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §9, 59 Stat. 104, related to assignment of officers for duty in Department of State or any other department or agency of the Government.
Section 16, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §21, formerly §14, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §21 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §9, 59 Stat. 104, related to assignment to special details.
Section 17, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §22, formerly §15, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §22 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210; Mar. 17, 1941, ch. 20, 55 Stat. 44, related to ordering of personnel to United States on statutory leave.
Section 17a, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §22, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to leave of absence and sick leave.
Section 18, acts July 1, 1916, ch. 208, 39 Stat. 252; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §23, formerly §16, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §23 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to appointment of Foreign Service officer as counselor of embassy or legation.
Section 19, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §24, formerly §17, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §24 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to Foreign Service officers acting as commissioner, charge�AE1 d'affaires, etc.
Section 20, R.S. §1685; acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 673; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §3, 38 Stat. 805; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §17(25), 43 Stat. 143; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1016; Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to compensation of officer acting as charge�AE1 d'affaires ad interim.
Section 21, acts May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §26, formerly §18, 43 Stat. 144; July 3, 1926, ch. 798, §1, 44 Stat. 902; renumbered §26 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1211; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §3, 53 Stat. 584; July 19, 1939, ch. 330, 53 Stat. 1067; Aug. 5, 1939, ch. 441, 53 Stat. 1208; Apr. 20, 1940, ch. 118, §1, 54 Stat. 143; Oct. 14, 1940, ch. 859, §4, 54 Stat. 1118; May 13, 1941, ch. 115, §1, 55 Stat. 189, eff. Aug. 1, 1941, related to retirement and disability system.
Section 21a, act July 3, 1926, ch. 798, §2, 44 Stat. 903, related to retirement and disability rights of Chief of Division of Western European Affairs.
Section 22, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §27, formerly §19, 43 Stat. 146; renumbered §27 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1213, related to recall to active duty of retired officers.
Section 23, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §28, formerly §20, 43 Stat. 146; renumbered §28 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1213, related to making other laws applicable to Foreign Service officers.
Section 23a, acts Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §1, 46 Stat. 1207; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §2, 59 Stat. 102, related to administrative, fiscal, and clerical personnel of Foreign Service.
Section 23b, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §2, 46 Stat. 1207, related to appointment to grade of senior clerk.
Section 23c, acts Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §3, 46 Stat. 1207; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §1, 53 Stat. 583; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §3, 59 Stat. 102, related to allowances at all posts to clerks to meet excessive costs of living.
Section 23d, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §4, 46 Stat. 1207, related to appointment of clerks to serve in a diplomatic mission.
Section 23e, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §5, 46 Stat. 1207, related to regulations governing clerks.
Section 23f, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §31, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §10, 59 Stat. 105, related to Board of Foreign Personnel.
Section 23g, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §31, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §10, 59 Stat. 105, related to Chief of Division of Foreign Service personnel and Director of Office of Foreign Service.
Section 23h, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §32, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended July 3, 1946, ch. 539, §5, 60 Stat. 427, related to Division of Foreign Service Personnel, efficiency ratings, etc.
Section 23i, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §33, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; amended Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §4, 53 Stat. 588, related to separation of officers from Service, retirement pay, and annuities.
Section 23j, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §34, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, related to reduction of salary upon promotion to a higher grade.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 23k, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §35, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, which related to establishment and maintenance of fiscal accounting and disbursing offices, was transferred to section 4225 of this title.
Section 23l, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §36, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, which related to fees and official monies from diplomatic missions, was transferred to section 4226 of this title.
Section, act May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §12, 59 Stat. 105, related to restriction on transaction of business by officers and employees.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 31, act Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 672, related to restriction against creation of new ambassadorships.
Section 32, R.S. §1675; acts Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 153, 18 Stat. 483; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1015; Jan. 21, 1931, ch. 42, 46 Stat. 1040, related to appointment and salaries of ambassadors, ministers, etc.
Section 32a, act Jan. 21, 1931, ch. 42, 46 Stat. 1040, related to salary of minister to Liberia.
Section 33, R.S. §1744, related to citizenship as prerequisite to payment of compensation.
Section 34, act Sept. 29, 1919, ch. 72, 41 Stat. 291, related to appointment of an ambassador to Belgium.
Section 34a, act Jan. 22, 1930, ch. 22, 46 Stat. 57, related to appointment of an ambassador to Poland.
Section 34b, act June 5, 1930, ch. 404, 46 Stat. 502, related to appointment of a minister to Union of South Africa.
Section 34c, act June 1, 1922, ch. 204, title I, 42 Stat. 600, related to appointment of a minister to Egypt.
Section 35, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1016; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 331; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1180; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 65; Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1096; Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 175, related to clerks at embassies and legations.
Section 36, R.S. §1686, related to compensation of persons filling two offices.
Section 37, act June 11, 1874, ch. 275, §1, 18 Stat. 67, related to special allowance to embassy messenger in Paris.
Section 38, act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §7, 38 Stat. 807, related to transaction of business by diplomatic officers.
Section 39, R.S. §1688, related to prohibition against uniforms and official costumes.
Section 40, R.S. §1674; acts Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806; July 1, 1916, ch. 208, 39 Stat. 252; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §2, 43 Stat. 140, related to definition of diplomatic offices.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 448, which related to ambassadors or ministers unable to serve because of emergent conditions abroad, was transferred and set out as a note under section 901 of this title and subsequently omitted from the Code.
Section 51, R.S. §1674; act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to official designations in consular service.
Section 51a, R.S. §1695; acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to appointment of vice-consuls and consular agents.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, abolished offices of vice consul general, deputy consul general, and deputy consul.
Section, R.S. §1689, which related to various provisions applicable to particular classes of consular officers, was transferred to section 4191 of this title.
Section, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, abolished grade of commercial agent.
Section 55, R.S. §1695, related to limits of consulates.
Section 56, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1017; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 333; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1182, related to appointment of consular clerks.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §5, 34 Stat. 101, related to citizenship requirements of consular clerks.
Section, R.S. §1696, related to expenses of vice consulate or consular agency.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1714, related to construction of powers and duties of consular officers.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 72, R.S. §4082, which related to solemnization of marriages, was transferred to section 4192 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 73, R.S. §1707, which related to receipt of protests and declarations by consuls and vice-consuls, was transferred to section 4193 of this title.
Section 74, R.S. §1708, which related to lists and returns of seamen and vessels, was transferred to section 4194 of this title.
Section 75, R.S. §1709, which related to handling of estates of decedents by consular officers, was transferred to section 4195 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 76, R.S. §1710, which related to notification of death of a decedent by a consular officer, was transferred to section 4196 of this title.
Section 77, R.S. §1711, which related to following testamentary directions by a consular officer, was transferred to section 4197 of this title.
Section 78, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §1, 32 Stat. 546, which related to appointment of a consular officer as a trust officer for settlement or conservation of an estate, was transferred to section 4198 of this title.
Section 79, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §2, 32 Stat. 547, which related to failure of a consular officer to post bond prior to appointment as an administrator, was transferred to section 4199 of this title.
Section 80, R.S. §1712; acts June 18, 1888, ch. 393, 25 Stat. 186; Feb. 9, 1889, ch. 122, §§1, 4, 25 Stat. 659; July 14, 1890, ch. 707, 26 Stat. 288; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to commercial and agricultural reports.
Section 81, acts Jan. 27, 1879, ch. 28, §1, 20 Stat. 273; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to reports on exports, imports, and wages.
Section 82, R.S. §1713; acts June 18, 1888, ch. 393, 25 Stat. 186; Feb. 9, 1889, ch. 122, §§1, 4, 25 Stat. 659, related to reports on current prices of merchandise, etc.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 83, R.S. §1715, which related to certification of invoices, was transferred to section 4200 of this title.
Section 84, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §9, 34 Stat. 101, which related to fees for certification of invoices, was transferred to section 4201 of this title.
Section 85, R.S. §1716, which related to exaction of excessive fees for verification of invoices, was transferred to section 4202 of this title.
Section 86, act Feb. 24, 1903, ch. 753, 32 Stat. 854, which related to destruction of old invoices, was transferred to section 4203 of this title.
Section 87, R.S. §1717, which related to granting of a certificate for goods shipped from countries adjacent to the United States, was transferred to section 4204 of this title.
Section 88, R.S. §1718, which related to retention of papers of American vessels until payment of demands and wages, was transferred to section 4205 of this title.
Section 89, act June 26, 1884, ch. 121, §12, 23 Stat. 56, which related to fees for official services to American vessels or seamen, was transferred to section 4206 of this title.
Section 90, R.S. §1719, which related to profits from dealings with discharged seamen, was transferred to section 4207 of this title.
Section 91, R.S. §1722, which related to valuation of foreign coins in payment of fees, was transferred to section 4208 of this title.
Section 92, R.S. §1723, which related to exaction of excessive fees generally, was transferred to section 4209 of this title.
Section 93, R.S. §1724, which related to liability for uncollected fees, was transferred to section 4210 of this title.
Section 94, R.S. §1725, which related to returns as to fees by officers compensated by fees, was transferred to section 4211 of this title.
Section 95, R.S. §§1726, 1727, which related to receipt for fees, was transferred to section 4212 of this title.
Section 96, R.S. §1727, which related to registry of fees, was transferred to section 4213 of this title.
Section 97, R.S. §1728, which related to account of fees, was transferred to section 4214 of this title.
Section 98, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §7, 34 Stat. 101, which related to notarial acts, oaths, affirmations, affidavits, and depositions, was transferred to section 4215 of this title.
Section 99, acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §8, 34 Stat. 101; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §§3, 6, 38 Stat. 805, 806; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §11, 43 Stat. 142; Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1131(26), 60 Stat. 1037, which related to general duty to account for fees, was transferred to section 4223 of this title.
Section 100, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §10, 34 Stat. 102, which related to use of official fee stamps on documents involved in performance of any consular or notarial act, was transferred to section 1196 of this title and was subsequently repealed by act June 28, 1955, ch. 196, 69 Stat. 187.
Section 101, R.S. §1731, which related to posting rates of fees, was transferred to section 4216 of this title.
Section 102, R.S. §1734, which related to embezzlement of fees or of effects of American citizens, was transferred to section 4217 of this title.
Section 103, R.S. §§1735, 1736, which related to liability for neglect of duty or malfeasance, was transferred to section 1199 of this title.
Section 104, R.S. §1737, which related to false certificates as to ownership of property, was transferred to section 4218 of this title.
Section, R.S. §1738, related to restriction of diplomatic functions by consular officers.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 106, R.S. §1699; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §6, 34 Stat. 101, related to restriction of transaction of private business by consular officer.
Section 107, R.S. §1700; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §6, 34 Stat. 101, related to extension of restriction as to transaction of business.
Section 108, R.S. §1701; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to penalty for violation of restriction and action on bond.
Section, R.S. §1706; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to allowance for office rent of consulates.
Section 121, R.S. §1740; acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1017, related to commencement of salary of officers.
Section 122, act June 11, 1874, ch. 275, §4, 18 Stat. 70, related to fixing of travel time allowances.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1742, related to salary during absence.
Section 124, R.S. §1741; acts June 17, 1874, ch. 294, 18 Stat. 77; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to absence without leave.
Section 125, R.S. §1743, related to extra compensation.
Section 126, R.S. §1751; act June 17, 1874, ch. 294, 18 Stat. 77, related to private correspondence on affairs of foreign governments.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 127, R.S. §1745, which related to regulation of fees by President, was transferred to section 4219 of this title.
Section 128, R.S. §1746, which related to medium for payment of fees, was transferred to section 4220 of this title.
Section 129, R.S. §1748; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to office paraphernalia.
Section 130, R.S. 1749, related to allowances of widows. See section 1082 of this title.
Section 130a, acts Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 250; June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 887; May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 183; June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 268; July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 471; July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 273; June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 398; May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 172; July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 449, related to expenses of bringing home remains of personnel dying abroad.
Section 130b, acts Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 250; June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 887; May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 183; June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 267; July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 470; July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 273; June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 398; May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 171; July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 449, related to expenses of transporting personnel, families, and their effects to and from posts.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1750, which related to depositions and notarial acts, was transferred to section 4221 of this title.
Section, R.S. §1752, related to general regulations by President.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Feb. 17, 1911, ch. 105, 36 Stat. 917, provided for purchase of buildings for Diplomatic and Consular Service.
Section, act Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1215, related to acceptance of gifts of lands, buildings, etc., for use of the Service.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 135, act June 10, 1933, ch. 57, 48 Stat. 122, which related to protection of diplomatic codes, was transferred to section 815 of this title, and was subsequently repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 136, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 452, which related to temporary assignment of American citizens in Foreign Service to Department of State during national emergencies, was transferred and set out as a note under section 909 of this title and subsequently omitted from the Code.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 141 to 143 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 141, R.S. §§4083, 4125, 4126, 4127; act June 14, 1878, ch. 193, 20 Stat. 131, related to judicial authority generally of ministers and consuls of United States in China, Siam, Turkey, Morocco, Muscat, Abyssinia, Persia, and territories formerly part of Ottoman Empire including Egypt.
Section 142, R.S. §4084, related to general criminal jurisdiction of ministers and consuls of United States.
Section 143, R.S. §4085, related to general jurisdiction of ministers and consuls of United States and venue in civil cases.
Section, acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 679; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 145, 38 Stat. 1122, related to exercise of judicial functions by vice consul at Shanghai.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 145 to 174 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 145, R.S. §4086, related to system of laws to be applied.
Section 146, R.S. §4117, related to rules and regulations for consular courts generally.
Section 147, R.S. §4118, related to assent or dissent of consuls to, and publication of, rules, regulations, decrees, and orders.
Section 148, R.S. §4119, related to transmission of rules, regulations, orders and decrees to Secretary of State.
Section 149, R.S. §4087, related to warrant, arrest, trial, and sentence by consul.
Section 150, R.S. §4105, related to jurisdiction of consul sitting alone in criminal cases and finality of decision.
Section 151, R.S. §4089, related to jurisdiction of the consul sitting alone in criminal cases and appeal to minister.
Section 152, R.S. §4106, related to calling in by consul of associates in criminal cases and reference to minister upon disagreement.
Section 153, R.S. §4107, related to jurisdiction of consuls in civil cases, finality of decision, calling in of associates, and reference to minister upon disagreement.
Section 154, R.S. §4097, related to evidence and how it was to be taken.
Section 155, R.S. §4101, related to punishment generally and contempt.
Section 156, R.S. §4102, related to capital offenses, requisites for conviction, and conviction of lesser offenses.
Section 157, R.S. §4104, related to punishment for contempt of court.
Section 158, R.S. §4103, related to execution of criminals and pardons.
Section 159, R.S. §4120, related to fees for judicial services, application of moneys and rendition of accounts.
Section 160, R.S. §4099, related to settlement of criminal cases.
Section 161, R.S. §4098, related to arbitration, reference, and compromise of civil cases.
Section 162, R.S. §4100, related to invoking the aid of local authorities.
Section 163, R.S. §4108, related to jurisdiction of minister.
Section 164, R.S. §4109, related to appellate and original jurisdiction of minister.
Section 165, R.S. §4091, related to appellate jurisdiction of minister and new trials.
Section 166, R.S. §4090, related to jurisdiction of minister to try capital and felony cases.
Section 167, R.S. §4090, related to prevention of American citizens from enlisting with foreign countries.
Section 168, R.S. §§1693, 4111; act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §8, 34 Stat. 816, related to marshals of consular courts and their appointment and salary.
Section 169, R.S. §4112, related to execution and return of process by a marshal.
Section 170, R.S. §4113, related to bond of a marshal.
Section 171, R.S. §4114, related to suit on bond of marshal.
Section 172, R.S. §4115, related to necessity for production of original bond.
Section 173, R.S. §4116, related to service of rules, orders, writs, and processes of every kind in suit on bond of marshal.
Section 174, R.S. §§4121, 4122; act June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §39, 62 Stat. 992, related to expenses of prisons in foreign countries.
Section, act Mar. 2, 1901, ch. 802, 31 Stat. 893, which appropriated funds for feeding and keeping of prisoners, was repeated in subsequent appropriation acts down to and including act Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 161, 39 Stat. 1058, but was not repeated thereafter.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 176 to 181 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 176, R.S. §4128, related to the exercise of judicial duties by the Secretary of State in the absence of a minister.
Section 177, R.S. §§4127, 4129; act June 14, 1878, ch. 193, 20 Stat. 131, related to the general extension to unnamed countries with which the United States may after July 1, 1870 enter into treaty relations, of the provisions relating to the jurisdiction of consular and diplomatic officers.
Section 178, R.S. §4130; acts Feb. 1, 1876, ch. 6, 19 Stat. 2; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to the definition of the words “minister” and “consul”.
Section 179, R.S. §4110, related to the responsibility of diplomatic and consular officers as judicial officers.
Section 180, R.S. §4088; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to the power of consuls in uncivilized countries or countries not recognized by treaties.
Section 181, R.S. §4125, related to the applicability of other laws to Turkey.
Section, act Mar. 23, 1874, ch. 62, §1, 18 Stat. 23, related to consular courts in Turkey and Egypt. Such courts in Turkey were abolished Oct. 14, 1949, and such courts in Egypt were abolished by the Treaty of Oct. 28, 1931.
Section, R.S. §4126, related to the extension of other laws to Persia and suits between American citizens and subjects of Persia and other countries.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed section 183 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 191, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §1, 34 Stat. 814; June 24, 1936, ch. 757, 49 Stat. 1909, related to establishment of court.
Section 192, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §2, 34 Stat. 814, related to jurisdiction of consular courts.
Section 193, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §2, 34 Stat. 814, related to administration of estates of decedents.
Section 194, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §3, 34 Stat. 815; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; Jan. 31, 1928, ch. 14, §1, 45 Stat. 54, related to appeals and writs of error.
Section 195, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §4, 34 Stat. 815, related to law applicable to determination of cases.
Section 196, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §5, 34 Stat. 816, related to procedure generally.
Section 197, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §6, 34 Stat. 816; May 29, 1928, ch. 904, §§1, 2, 45 Stat. 997, related to officers of court.
Section 197a, act May 29, 1928, ch. 904, §§1, 2, 45 Stat. 997, related to salaries of judge.
Section 197b, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §11, as added Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 452, §1, 49 Stat. 539, related to appointment and compensation of special judge.
Section 197c, acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 679; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 145, 38 Stat. 1122, related to vice consul at Shanghai exercising judicial functions.
Section 198, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, 41 Stat. 746, related to commissioner for court.
Section 198a, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §10, as added Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 452, §1, 49 Stat. 538, related to commissioner for the court.
Section 199, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §7, 34 Stat. 816, related to tenure of office of judge.
Section 200, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §8, 34 Stat. 816, related to bond of marshal.
Section, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1025; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 341; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1192; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 76, related to expenses of judge and district attorney at sessions other than in Shanghai. By the Treaty of Jan. 11, 1943, 57 Stat., pt. 2, 767, between the United States and the Republic of China, the United States relinquished all of its extraterritorial rights in China.
Section, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §9, 34 Stat. 816, related to fees of marshal and clerk.
Section, R.S. §4075; act June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §1, 32 Stat. 386, provided for issuance of passports. See section 211a of this title.
The Secretary of State may grant and issue passports, and cause passports to be granted, issued, and verified in foreign countries by diplomatic and consular officers of the United States, and by such other employees of the Department of State who are citizens of the United States as the Secretary of State may designate, and by the chief or other executive officer of the insular possessions of the United States, under such rules as the President shall designate and prescribe for and on behalf of the United States, and no other person shall grant, issue, or verify such passports. Unless authorized by law, a passport may not be designated as restricted for travel to or for use in any country other than a country with which the United States is at war, where armed hostilities are in progress, or where there is imminent danger to the public health or the physical safety of United States travellers.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §1, 44 Stat. 887; Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §124, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 971; Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §127(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 394; Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4299.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b)(1), substituted “such other employees” for “such employees”.
Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b)(2), which directed the amendment of this section by substituting “United States” for “United States,” was executed by making the substitution after “who are citizens of the”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “by diplomatic and consular officers of the United States, and by other employees of the Department of State who are citizens of the United States,” for “by diplomatic representatives of the United States, and by such consul generals, consuls, or vice consuls when in charge,”.
1978—Pub. L. 95–426 inserted provision prohibiting passport restrictions except for countries with which the United States is at war, where armed hostilities are in progress or there is imminent danger to the public health or physical safety of United States travellers.
Pub. L. 109–167, §1, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3578, provided that: “This Act [amending section 214 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Passport Services Enhancement Act of 2005’.”
Pub. L. 100–440, title VI, §617(b), Sept. 22, 1988, 102 Stat. 1755, provided that: “None of the funds made available by this or any other Act with respect to any fiscal year may be used to procure paper for passports granted or issued pursuant to the first section of the Act entitled ‘An Act to regulate the issue and validity of passports, and for other purposes’, approved July 3, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 211a), if such paper is manufactured outside of the United States or its possessions or is procured from any corporation or other entity owned or controlled by persons not citizens of the United States. This subsection shall not apply if no domestic manufacturer for passport paper exists.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(m) [title VI, §622(b)], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–390, 1329–428.
Section 125 of Pub. L. 95–426 provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that a diplomatic or official United States passport should be issued only to, and used only by, a person who holds a diplomatic or other official position in the United States Government or who is otherwise eligible for such a passport under conditions specifically authorized by law.”
Ex. Ord. No. 11295, Aug. 5, 1966, 31 F.R. 10603, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of the United States, it is ordered as follows:
(1) Executive Order No. 7856 of March 31, 1938, entitled “Rules Governing the Granting and Issuing of Passports in the United States.”
(2) Executive Order No. 8820 of July 11, 1941, entitled “Amending the Foreign Service Regulations of the United States.”
Lyndon B. Johnson.
No passport shall be granted or issued to or verified for any other persons than those owing allegiance, whether citizens or not, to the United States.
(R.S. §4076; June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §2, 32 Stat. 386.)
R.S. §4076 derived from act May 30, 1866, ch. 102, 14 Stat. 54.
1902—Act June 14, 1902, substituted “those owing allegiance, whether citizens or not, to the United States” for “citizens of the United States”.
Following any conviction of an individual for a violation of section 2423 of title 18, the Attorney General shall notify in a timely manner—
(1) the Secretary of State for appropriate action under subsection (b); and
(2) the Secretary of Homeland Security for appropriate action under the Immigration and Nationality Act [8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.].
The Secretary of State shall not issue a passport or passport card to an individual who is convicted of a violation of section 2423 of title 18 during the covered period if the individual used a passport or passport card or otherwise crossed an international border in committing the offense.
The Secretary of State shall revoke a passport or passport card previously issued to an individual described in subparagraph (A).
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary of State may issue a passport or passport card, in emergency circumstances or for humanitarian reasons, to an individual described in paragraph (1)(A).
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary of State may, prior to revocation, limit a previously issued passport or passport card only for return travel to the United States, or may issue a limited passport or passport card that only permits return travel to the United States.
In this subsection—
(A) the term “covered period” means the period beginning on the date on which an individual is convicted of a violation of section 2423 of title 18 and ending on the later of—
(i) the date on which the individual is released from a sentence of imprisonment relating to the offense; and
(ii) the end of a period of parole or other supervised release of the covered individual relating to the offense; and
(B) the term “imprisonment” means being confined in or otherwise restricted to a jail, prison, half-way house, treatment facility, or another institution, on a full or part-time basis, pursuant to the sentence imposed as the result of a criminal conviction.
(Pub. L. 110–457, title II, §236, Dec. 23, 2008, 122 Stat. 5082.)
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and Tables.
Before a passport is issued to any person by or under authority of the United States such person shall subscribe to and submit a written application which shall contain a true recital of each and every matter of fact which may be required by law or by any rules authorized by law to be stated as a prerequisite to the issuance of any such passport. If the applicant has not previously been issued a United States passport, the application shall be duly verified by his oath before a person authorized and empowered by the Secretary of State to administer oaths.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §1, 40 Stat. 227; Pub. L. 90–428, §3, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446.)
Second sentence of act June 15, 1917, which related to fees for taking application for passport, was omitted as superseded by sections 214 to 217a of this title.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 substituted provisions requiring that the initial passport application be duly verified under oath before a person authorized and empowered by the Secretary of State to administer oaths for provisions requiring that each passport application be duly verified under oath before a person authorized and empowered to administer oaths.
Amendment by Pub. L. 90–428 effective on thirtieth day following July 26, 1968, see section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428, set out as a note under section 217a of this title.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §236], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–430, provided that:
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) Both parents, or the child's legal guardian, must execute the application and provide documentary evidence demonstrating that they are the parents or guardian; or
“(B) the person executing the application must provide documentary evidence that such person—
“(i) has sole custody of the child;
“(ii) has the consent of the other parent to the issuance of the passport; or
“(iii) is in loco parentis and has the consent of both parents, of a parent with sole custody over the child, or of the child's legal guardian, to the issuance of the passport.
“(b)
(a) There shall be collected and paid into the Treasury of the United States a fee, prescribed by the Secretary of State by regulation, for the filing of each application for a passport (including the cost of passport issuance and use) and a fee, prescribed by the Secretary of State by regulation, for executing each such application except that the Secretary of State may by regulation authorize State officials or the United States Postal Service to collect and retain the execution fee for each application for a passport accepted by such officials or by that Service. Such fees shall not be refundable, except as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe. No passport fee shall be collected from an officer or employee of the United States proceeding abroad in the discharge of official duties, or from members of his immediate family; from an American seaman who requires a passport in connection with his duties aboard an American flag-vessel; from a widow, widower, child, parent, grandparent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member or to attend a funeral or memorial service for such member; or from an individual or individuals abroad, returning to the United States, when the Secretary determines that foregoing the collection of such fee is justified for humanitarian reasons or for law enforcement purposes. No execution fee shall be collected for an application made before a Federal official by a person excused from payment of the passport fee under this section.
(b)(1) The Secretary of State may by regulation establish and collect a surcharge on applicable fees for the filing of each application for a passport in order to cover the costs of meeting the increased demand for passports as a result of actions taken to comply with section 7209(b) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458; 8 U.S.C. 1185 note). Such surcharge shall be in addition to the fees provided for in subsection (a) of this section and in addition to the surcharges or fees otherwise authorized by law and shall be deposited as an offsetting collection to the appropriate Department of State appropriation, to remain available until expended for the purposes of meeting such costs.
(2) The authority to collect the surcharge provided under paragraph (1) may not be exercised after September 30, 2010.
(3) The Secretary of State shall ensure that, to the extent practicable, the total cost of a passport application during fiscal years 2006 and 2007, including the surcharge authorized under paragraph (1), shall not exceed the cost of the passport application as of December 1, 2005.
(June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §1, 41 Stat. 750; Feb. 10, 1956, ch. 31, 70 Stat. 11; Pub. L. 90–428, §2, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446; Pub. L. 92–14, §1, May 14, 1971, 85 Stat. 38; Pub. L. 93–417, Sept. 17, 1974, 88 Stat. 1151; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §116(a), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 279; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV, §407], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–55; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–426; Pub. L. 109–167, §2, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3578; Pub. L. 109–210, §1, Mar. 24, 2006, 120 Stat. 319; Pub. L. 109–472, §5, Jan. 11, 2007, 120 Stat. 3555.)
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–472 substituted “from a widow” for “or from a widow” and inserted “; or from an individual or individuals abroad, returning to the United States, when the Secretary determines that foregoing the collection of such fee is justified for humanitarian reasons or for law enforcement purposes” after “memorial service for such member”.
2006—Pub. L. 109–167 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–210 substituted “or from a widow, widower, child, parent, grandparent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member or to attend a funeral or memorial service for such member” for “or from a widow, child, parent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member”.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113, in first sentence, substituted “the filing of each application for a passport (including the cost of passport issuance and use)” for “each passport issued” and “each such application except” for “each application for a passport; except” and inserted after first sentence “Such fees shall not be refundable, except as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe.”
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “; except that the Secretary of State may by regulation authorize State officials or the United States Postal Service to collect and retain the execution fee for each application for a passport accepted by such officials or by that Service” before period at end of first sentence and struck out after first sentence “Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to limit the right of the Secretary of State by regulation (1) to authorize State officials to collect and retain the execution fee, or (2) to transfer to the United States Postal Service the execution fee for each application accepted by that Service.”
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted provision that the Secretary of State prescribe by regulation the fee for passports for provision that a fee of $10 be charged for each passport and that the fees be collected and paid into the Treasury quarterly.
1974—Pub. L. 93–417 substituted provisions authorizing the Secretary of State to prescribe fees for execution of applications for passports by regulation for provisions prescribing a fixed fee of $2, substituted “United States Postal Service” for “Postal Service”, and struck out references to the fee of $2 in the proviso relating to the rights of the Secretary of State.
1971—Pub. L. 92–14 authorized the United States Postal Service to receive the fee of $2 for execution of an application for a passport.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 increased from $1.00 to $2.00 and from $9.00 to $10.00, respectively, the fees for the execution and the issuance of passports, struck out “to a citizen or person owing allegiance to or entitled to the protection of the United States” after “for each passport issued”, restricted the exemption for seamen to American seamen requiring a passport in connection with duties aboard an American flag-vessel, and inserted provision excusing a person exempted from a passport fee from paying an execution fee.
1956—Act Feb. 10, 1956, increased from $1 to $2 the fee for executing passport applications, and reworded authorization of State officials to collect and retain $2 fee.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–426, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and repealing section 216 of this title] shall take effect on the date of issuance of final regulations under section 1 of the Passport Act of June 4, 1920 [22 U.S.C. 214], as amended by subsection (a).” [Final regulations issued Feb. 23, 2000, effective May 15, 2000, see 65 F.R. 14211.]
Section 2 of Pub. L. 92–14, as amended by Pub. L. 93–126, §8, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 453, provided that: “The amendment made by this Act [amending this section] shall become effective on the date of enactment [May 14, 1971] and shall continue in effect until June 30, 1974.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 90–428 effective on thirtieth day following July 26, 1968, see section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428, set out as a note under section 217a of this title.
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1760, provided in part “That hereafter all receipts received from a new charge from expedited passport processing shall be deposited in this account as an offsetting collection and shall be available until expended”.
Pub. L. 101–604, title II, §203(d), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3083, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, to the extent provided in appropriation Acts, for each fiscal year not more than $5,000,000 in passport fees collected by the Department of State may be credited to a Department of State account. Amounts credited to such account shall be available only for the costs associated with the acquisition and production of machine-readable United States passports and visas and compatible reading equipment. Amounts credited to such account are authorized to remain available until expended.”
Whenever a fee is erroneously charged and paid for the issue of a passport to a person who is exempted from the payment of such a fee by section 214 of this title, the Department of State is authorized to refund to the person who paid such fee the amount thereof, and the money for that purpose is authorized to be appropriated.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §3, 44 Stat. 887.)
Effective July 1, 1935, enumerated appropriation accounts appearing on the books of the Government were abolished and in lieu thereof there was established an account to be designated “Refund of Moneys Erroneously Received and Covered.” See section 1322 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §2, 41 Stat. 750, provided for fees of $1 for each application for a visa and $9 for each visa. It was superseded by sections 2(h) and 7(h) of the Immigration Act of 1924 (act May 26, 1924, ch. 190, 43 Stat. 154, 157) which provided for fees in the same amounts. The 1924 Act was repealed by section 403(a)(23) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 279). See section 1351 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and section 9701 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §4, 41 Stat. 751, authorized return of fees on refusal to vise�AE1.
For effective date of repeal, see section 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(c)] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 214 of this title.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §3, 41 Stat. 751, limited time as to validity of passport or vise�AE1. See section 217a of this title.
A passport shall be valid for a period of ten years from the date of issue, except that the Secretary of State may limit the validity of a passport to a period of less than ten years in an individual case or on a general basis pursuant to regulation.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §2, 44 Stat. 887; July 1, 1930, ch. 782, 46 Stat. 839; May 16, 1932, ch. 187, 47 Stat. 157; Pub. L. 86–267, Sept. 14, 1959, 73 Stat. 552; Pub. L. 90–428, §1, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §116(b)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 279.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted provision that a passport be valid for a period of ten years from issuance and that the Secretary of State could limit the period to less than ten years in an individual case or on a general basis by regulation for provision that a passport be limited to a period of not more than five years, that the Secretary of State could limit the passport to a shorter period, and that a valid passport outstanding as of the effective date of Pub. L. 90–428 be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue, except where such passport was limited to a shorter period by the Secretary.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 substituted provisions that passport be limited to a period of not more than five years, though the Secretary of State may limit it to a shorter period and provisions as to the length of validity of passports outstanding as of the effective date of Pub. L. 90–428 for provisions that a passport or passport visa be limited to a period of three years, that a passport be renewed pursuant to regulations of the Secretary for a period not to exceed two years, provided that the final date of expiration not be more than five years from the original date of issue, that the Secretary be authorized to limit the validity of a passport, passport visa, or period of renewal of a passport to less than two years, and that the charge for the issue of an original passport be $9.00 and the charge for the renewal be $5.00.
1959—Pub. L. 86–267 substituted “three years” for “two years”, and “five years” for “four years”.
1932—Act May 16, 1932, among other changes, increased payment for renewals from $2 to $5, for issue of original passport from $5 to $9, and restored final expiration date of renewal passport to four years from six-year period.
1930—Act July 1, 1930, among other changes, provided for $2 payment for renewal of passport, $5 payment for issue of an original passport, and changed from four to six years the final expiration date of renewal passport.
Section 116(b)(2) of Pub. L. 97–241 provided that: “The amendment made by this subsection [amending this section] applies with respect to passports issued after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 24, 1982].”
Section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428 provided that: “This Act [amending this section and sections 213 and 214 of this title] shall take effect on the thirtieth day following the date of its enactment [July 26, 1968].”
All persons who shall be authorized to grant, issue, or verify passports, shall make return of the same to the Secretary of State, in such manner and as often as he shall require; and such returns shall specify the names and all other particulars of the persons to whom the same shall be granted, issued, or verified, as embraced in such passport.
(R.S. §4077.)
R.S. §4077 derived from act May 30, 1866, ch. 102, 14 Stat. 54.
Section 219, R.S. §4078; act June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §3, 32 Stat. 386, related to issuance of false passports. See section 1541 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 220, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §2, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to false statements in application for passports. See section 1542 of Title 18.
Section 221, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §3, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to unlawful use of passports. See section 1544 of Title 18.
Section 222, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §4, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to forging or altering of passports. See section 1543 of Title 18.
Section 223, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §1, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §1, 55 Stat. 252, related to wartime restrictions generally. See section 1185 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Section 224, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §2, 40 Stat. 559, related to requirement of passport for citizens during wartime restrictions. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 225, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §3, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §2, 55 Stat. 253, related to penalty for violation of wartime restrictions. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §4, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §2a, 55 Stat. 253, related to definition of “United States” and “person” as used in wartime restriction. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226a, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §5, as added June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §3, 55 Stat 253, related to permit as guarantee of admission to the United States. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226b, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §6, as added June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §3, 55 Stat. 253, related to proclamation, rule, etc., as bar to prosecution. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 227, act Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, §1, 41 Stat. 1217, related to continuation of regulations as to alien passport requirements.
Sections 228 and 229, act June 20, 1941, ch. 209, §§1, 2, 55 Stat. 252, related to refusal of vise�AE1s to aliens whose admission might endanger the public safety, and to rules and regulations governing this refusal. See section 1102 of Title 8.
Section 1 of Joint Res. Mar. 31, 1953, ch. 13, 67 Stat. 18, provided for the extension of certain emergency provisions (previously extended to April 1, 1953 by Joint Res. July 3, 1952, ch. 570, §1(b), 66 Stat. 333) until July 1, 1953. Section 2 of Joint Res. Mar. 31, 1953, provided that the extension did not apply to the provisions of sections 223 to 226b of this title.
Section 231, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §1, 40 Stat. 226; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §6, 54 Stat. 80, related to false statements to influence conduct of foreign governments toward the United States. See section 954 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 232, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §2, 40 Stat. 226; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §6, 54 Stat. 80, related to wrongful assumption of character of diplomatic or consular officer. See section 915 of Title 18.
Section 233, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §3, 40 Stat. 226, as amended, which related to acting as a foreign agent without notice to Secretary of State, was transferred to section 601 of this title and was subsequently repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862. See section 951 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 233a, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §1, 52 Stat. 631, as amended, which related to defining, various terms included in provisions relating to foreign agents and propaganda, was transferred to section 611 of this title.
Section 233b, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §2, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to registration statements, was transferred to section 612 of this title.
Section 233c, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §3, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to exemptions, was transferred to section 613 of this title.
Section 233d, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §4, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to filing and labeling political propaganda, was transferred to section 614 of this title.
Section 233e, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §5, 52 Stat. 633, as amended, which related to books and records, was transferred to section 615 of this title.
Section 233f, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §6, 52 Stat. 633, as amended, which related to public examination of official records, was transferred to section 616 of this title.
Section 233g, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §§12, 13, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 258, which related to separability of provisions and effect on existing law, was transferred and set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Section 234, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §5, 40 Stat. 226, related to conspiracy to injure property of foreign government. See section 956 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 235, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §4, 40 Stat. 226, related to definition of “Foreign government”. See section 11 of Title 18.
Section 236, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §1, 42 Stat. 361, which related to prohibition against exportation of arms to American countries or countries under American jurisdiction in a state of domestic violence, was transferred to section 409 of this title and was repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 237, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §2, 42 Stat. 361, which related to penalties, was transferred to section 410 of this title and was repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 238, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §1, 40 Stat. 223, as amended, which related to illegal exportation of war materials, was transferred to section 401 of this title.
Section 239, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §2, 40 Stat. 224, which related to issuance of warrant for detention of seized property, was transferred to section 402 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 240, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §3, 40 Stat. 224, which related to filing petition for restoration of seized property, was transferred to section 403 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 241, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §4, 40 Stat. 224, as amended, which related to institution of libel proceedings and sale of seized property, was transferred to section 404 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 242, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §5, 40 Stat. 224, which related to method of trial and bond for redelivery, was transferred to section 405 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 243, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §6, 40 Stat. 225, which related to interference with foreign trade, was transferred to section 406 of this title.
Section 244, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §7, 40 Stat. 225, which related to the President's discretion to release seized property, was transferred to section 407 of this title and was repealed by act Aug, 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 245, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §8, 40 Stat. 225, which related to use of land and naval forces to prevent exportation, was transferred to section 408 of this title.
Sections 245a to 245i, Joint Res. Aug. 31, 1935, ch. 837, 49 Stat. 1081; acts Feb. 29, 1936, ch. 106, 49 Stat. 1153; May 1, 1937, ch. 146, 50 Stat. 121, constituted the Neutrality Act of 1935. See the Neutrality Act of 1939, sections 441, 444, 445, 447 to 451, and 453 to 457 of this title.
Section 245j, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §1, 54 Stat. 4, which related to a proclamation of a state of war between foreign states, was transferred to section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–1, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §2, 54 Stat. 4, which related to commerce with states engaged in armed conflict, was transferred to section 442 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §1, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–2, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §3, 54 Stat. 7, which related to combat areas, was transferred to section 443 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §1, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–3, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §4, 54 Stat. 7, as amended, which related to American Red Cross vessels, was transferred to section 444 of this title.
Section 245j–4, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §5, 54 Stat. 7, which related to travel on vessels of belligerent states, was transferred to section 445 of this title.
Section 245j–5, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §6, 54 Stat. 7, which related to the arming of American merchant vessels, was transferred to section 446 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §2, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–6, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §7, 54 Stat. 7, as amended, which related to financial transactions, was transferred to section 447 of this title.
Section 245j–7, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §8, 54 Stat. 8, which related to solicitation and collection of funds and contributions, was transferred to section 448 of this title.
Section 245j–8, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §9, 54 Stat. 8, which related to American republics, was transferred to section 449 of this title.
Section 245j–9, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §10, 54 Stat. 9, which related to restrictions on use of American ports, was transferred to section 450 of this title.
Section 245j–10, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §11, 54 Stat. 9, which related to submarines and armed merchant vessels, was transferred to section 451 of this title.
Section 245j–11, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §12, 54 Stat. 10, which related to National Munitions Control Board, was transferred to section 452 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(12), 68 Stat. 861.
Section 245j–12, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §13, 54 Stat. 11, which related to regulations, was transferred to section 453 of this title.
Section 245j–13, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2. §14, 54 Stat. 11, which related to unlawful use of the American flag, was transferred to section 454 of this title.
Section 245j–14, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §15, 54 Stat. 11, which related to penalties, was transferred to section 455 of this title.
Section 245j–15, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §16, 54 Stat. 12, as amended, which defined terms used in neutrality provisions, was transferred to section 456 of this title.
Section 245j–16, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §17, 54 Stat. 12, which related to separability of provisions, was transferred to a note set out under section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–17, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §18, 54 Stat. 12, which related to appropriations, was transferred to section 457 of this title.
Section 245j–18, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §19, 54 Stat. 12, which related to repeal of earlier Joint Resolutions, was transferred and set out as a note under section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–19, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §20, 54 Stat. 12, which related to short title of this resolution, was transferred and set out as a note under section 441 of this title.
Section, act July 8, 1918, ch. 138, 40 Stat. 821, related to wearing of foreign nation's uniform without authority. See section 703 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section, act Sept. 22, 1922, ch. 414, 42 Stat. 1028, which related to foreign traveling salesmen, was transferred to section 503 of this title.
Section, act June 20, 1936, ch. 635, §§1, 2, 49 Stat. 1557, related to prohibition against commercial use of arms of Swiss Confederation. See section 708 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 249, act Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §1, 53 Stat. 1290, which related to utilization of services of government agencies to promote inter-American relations, was transferred to section 501 of this title.
Section 249a, act Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §2, 53 Stat. 1290, which related to creation of advisory committees, was transferred to section 502 of this title.
Section 250, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §1, 54 Stat. 396, which related to military and naval assistance to governments of American republics, was transferred to section 521 of this title.
Section 250a, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §2, 54 Stat. 396, which related to transmission of information relating to implements of war, was transferred to section 522 of this title.
Section 250b, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §3, 54 Stat. 397, which related to contract restrictions against disposal of implements of war, was transferred to section 523 of this title.
Section 250c, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §4, 54 Stat. 397, which related to information on shipments to be given chairman of National Munitions Control Board, was transferred to section 524 of this title.
Section 250d, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §5, 54 Stat. 397, which related to appropriations and dispositions of receipts, was transferred to section 525 of this title.
Section 250e, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §6, 54 Stat. 397, which related to protection of patent rights, was transferred to section 526 of this title.
Section 250f, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §7, 54 Stat. 397, which related to purchases of implements of war from American republics, was transferred to section 527 of this title.
Section, R.S. §4062, related to violation of safe conduct. See sections 112 and 1545 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 252, R.S. §4063, related to the immunity of any ambassador or public minister of any foreign prince or State, or any domestic or domestic servant of any such minister against arrest, imprisonment, or seizure of his goods or chattels.
Section 253, R.S. §4064, related to imprisonment for not more than three years of anyone suing out a writ or process in violation of the provisions of former section 252 of this title, granting diplomatic immunity to certain persons.
Section 254, R.S. §§4065, 4066, related to suits against persons in the service of an ambassador or public minister founded upon a debt contracted before entering such service, and registration of the names of persons serving as domestic servants of an ambassador or a public minister with the State Department.
Repeal effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as an Effective Date note under section 254a of this title.
Pub. L. 95–148, title V, §510(1), (2), Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1240, provided that it was the sense of the Congress that the Secretary of State should prepare and submit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the President of the Senate: (1) not later than six months after Oct. 31, 1977, a report on the adequacy of insurance provided by the accredited diplomatic missions to the United States to cover loss or injury arising from the wrongful acts or omissions of the employees of such missions in the United States; and (2) not later than one year after Oct. 31, 1977, a report on what efforts the President and the Secretary of State had made to encourage the provision of such coverage.
As used in this Act—
(1) the term “members of a mission” means—
(A) the head of a mission and those members of a mission who are members of the diplomatic staff or who, pursuant to law, are granted equivalent privileges and immunities,
(B) members of the administrative and technical staff of a mission, and
(C) members of the service staff of a mission,
as such terms are defined in Article 1 of the Vienna Convention;
(2) the term “family” means—
(A) the members of the family of a member of a mission described in paragraph (1)(A) who form part of his or her household if they are not nationals of the United States, and
(B) the members of the family of a member of a mission described in paragraph (1)(B) who form part of his or her household if they are not nationals or permanent residents of the United States,
within the meaning of Article 37 of the Vienna Convention;
(3) the term “mission” includes missions within the meaning of the Vienna Convention and any missions representing foreign governments, individually or collectively, which are extended the same privileges and immunities, pursuant to law, as are enjoyed by missions under the Vienna Convention; and
(4) the term “Vienna Convention” means the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations of April 18, 1961 (T.I.A.S. numbered 7502; 23 U.S.T. 3227), entered into force with respect to the United States on December 13, 1972.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §2, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 290.)
This Act, referred to in text, means Pub. L. 95–393, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808, as amended, known as the Diplomatic Relations Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables.
1982—Par. (1)(A). Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “those members of a mission who are members of the diplomatic staff or who, pursuant to law, are granted equivalent privileges and immunities” for “members of the diplomatic staff of a mission”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393 provided that: “This Act [see Short Title note below] shall take effect at the end of the ninety-day period beginning on the date of its enactment [Sept. 30, 1978]”.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–393 provided that: “This Act [enacting this section, sections 254b to 254e of this title, and section 1364 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, amending sections 1251 and 1351 of Title 28, repealing sections 252 to 254 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Diplomatic Relations Act’.”
With respect to a nonparty to the Vienna Convention, the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and diplomatic couriers shall enjoy the privileges and immunities specified in the Vienna Convention.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §3(b), Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(2), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “With respect to a nonparty to the Vienna Convention, the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and diplomatic couriers” for “Members of the mission of a sending state which has not ratified the Vienna Convention, their families, and the diplomatic couriers of such state,”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
The President may, on the basis of reciprocity and under such terms and conditions as he may determine, specify privileges and immunities for the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and the diplomatic couriers which result in more favorable treatment or less favorable treatment than is provided under the Vienna Convention.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §4, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(3), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “immunities for the mission, the members” for “immunities for members” and “diplomatic couriers which” for “diplomatic couriers of any sending state which”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 12101, Nov. 17, 1978, 43 F.R. 54195, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States of America by the Diplomatic Relations Act (Public Law 95–393, 92 Stat. 808; 22 U.S.C. 254a et seq.) and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, in order to implement the liability insurance and other requirements relating to diplomatic personnel, I hereby designate and empower the Secretary of State to perform, without the approval, ratification, or other action of the President, the functions vested or to be vested in the President by Section 4 of Diplomatic Relations Act (92 Stat. 809; 22 U.S.C. 254c).
(a) It is the sense of the Congress that the numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within the United States of official representatives to the United States of any foreign government that engages in intelligence activities within the United States harmful to the national security of the United States should not exceed the respective numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel accommodations, and facilities within such country of official representatives of the United States to such country.
(b) Omitted.
(Pub. L. 98–618, title VI, §601(a), (b), Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3303.)
Subsec. (b) of this section, which required the President to prepare and transmit to the Committee on Foreign Relations and Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs and Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives a report on the numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within the United States of official representatives to the United States of any foreign government that engages in intelligence activities within the United States harmful to the national security of the United States and the respective numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within such country of official representatives of the United States to such country, and any action which may have been taken with respect thereto, terminated, effective May 15, 2000, pursuant to section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance. See, also, page 33 of House Document No. 103–7.
Section, Pub. L. 100–178, title V, §501, Dec. 2, 1987, 101 Stat. 1014, related to annual report of Attorney General to congressional committees regarding admissions to United States over objections of the Federal Bureau of Investigation of Soviet nationals employed by or assigned to foreign mission or international organization in United States.
Any action or proceeding brought against an individual who is entitled to immunity with respect to such action or proceeding under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, under section 254b or 254c of this title, or under any other laws extending diplomatic privileges and immunities, shall be dismissed. Such immunity may be established upon motion or suggestion by or on behalf of the individual, or as otherwise permitted by law or applicable rules of procedure.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §5, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809.)
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, shall comply with any requirement imposed by the regulations promulgated by the Director of the Office of Foreign Missions in the Department of State pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
The Director of the Office of Foreign Missions shall, by regulation, establish liability insurance requirements which can reasonably be expected to afford adequate compensation to victims and which are to be met by each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, relating to risks arising from the operation in the United States of any motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft.
The Director of the Office of Foreign Missions shall take such steps as he may deem necessary to insure that each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, who operate motor vehicles, vessels, or aircraft in the United States comply with the requirements established pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §6, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809; Pub. L. 98–164, title VI, §602, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1042.)
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(1), substituted “Director of the Office of Foreign Missions in the Department of State” for “President”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(2), inserted provision respecting adequate compensation to victims, and substituted reference to Director for reference to President.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(3), substituted reference to Director for reference to President.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Except as otherwise provided, Secretary of State to have and exercise any authority vested by law in any official or office of Department of State and references to such officials or offices deemed to refer to Secretary of State or Department of State, as appropriate, see section 2651a of this title and section 161(d) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as a note under section 2651a of this title.
Section, R.S. §4062, related to assaulting, etc., a foreign minister. See sections 112 and 1545 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Sections, act Feb. 15, 1938, ch. 29, §§1, 2, 52 Stat. 30, which related to protection for officers and buildings, jurisdiction of offenses and penalties, and permitted picketing, are of particular application to the District of Columbia.
Whenever it is stipulated by treaty or convention between the United States and any foreign nation that the consul general, consuls, vice consuls, or consular or commercial agents of each nation, shall have exclusive jurisdiction of controversies, difficulties, or disorders arising at sea or in the waters or ports of the other nation, between the master or officers and any of the crew, or between any of the crew themselves, of any vessel belonging to the nation represented by such consular officer, such stipulations shall be executed and enforced within the jurisdiction of the United States as declared in sections 257 and 258 of this title. But before this section shall take effect as to the vessels of any particular nation having such treaty with the United States, the President shall be satisfied that similar provisions have been made for the execution of such treaty by the other contracting party, and shall issue his proclamation to that effect, declaring this section to be in force as to such nation.
(R.S. §4079.)
R.S. §4079 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §1, 13 Stat. 121.
In all cases within the purview of section 256 of this title the consul general, consul, or other consular or commercial authority of such foreign nation charged with the appropriate duty in the particular case, may make application to any court of record of the United States, or to any judge thereof, or to any United States magistrate judge, setting forth that such controversy, difficulty, or disorder has arisen, briefly stating the nature thereof, and when and where the same occurred, and exhibiting a certified copy or extract of the shipping articles, roll, or other proper paper of the vessel, to the effect that the person in question is of the crew or ship's company of such vessel; and further stating and certifying that such person has withdrawn himself, or is believed to be about to withdraw himself, from the control and discipline of the master and officers of the vessel or that he has refused, or is about to refuse, to submit to and obey the lawful jurisdiction of such consular or commercial authority in the premises; and further stating and certifying that, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the officer certifying, such person is not a citizen of the United States. Such application shall be in writing and duly authenticated by the consular or other sufficient official seal. Thereupon such court, judge, or magistrate judge shall issue his warrant for the arrest of the person so complained of, directed to the marshal of the United States for the appropriate district, or in his discretion to any person, being a citizen of the United States, whom he may specially depute for the purpose, requiring such person to be brought before him for examination at a certain time and place.
(R.S. §4080; May 28, 1896, ch. 252, §19, 29 Stat. 184; Mar. 2, 1901, ch. 814, 31 Stat. 956; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
R.S. §4080 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §2, 13 Stat. 121.
Act Mar. 2, 1901, provided in part that all acts or parts of acts applicable to commissioners of the circuit court, except as to appointment and fees, shall be applicable to United States commissioners.
Act May 28, 1896, abolished the circuit court and required the district court to appoint persons to be known as United States commissioners.
“United States magistrate judge” and “magistrate judge” substituted in text for “United States magistrate” and “magistrate”, respectively, pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
If, on such examination, it is made to appear that the person so arrested is a citizen of the United States, he shall be forthwith discharged from arrest, and shall be left to the ordinary course of law. But if this is not made to appear, and such court, judge, or magistrate judge finds, upon the papers referred to in section 257 of this title, a sufficient prima facie case that the matter concerns only the internal order and discipline of such foreign vessel, or whether in its nature civil or criminal, does not affect directly the execution of the laws of the United States, or the rights and duties of any citizen of the United States, he shall forthwith, by his warrant, commit such person to prison, where prisoners under sentence of a court of the United States may be lawfully committed, or, in his discretion, to the master or chief officer of such foreign vessel, to be subject to the lawful orders, control, and discipline of such master or chief officer, and to the jurisdiction of the consular or commercial authority of the nation to which such vessel belongs, to the exclusion of any authority or jurisdiction in the premises of the United States or any State thereof. No person shall be detained more than two months after his arrest, but at the end of that time shall be set at liberty and shall not again be arrested for the same cause. The expenses of the arrest and the detention of the person so arrested shall be paid by the consular officers making the application: Provided, That nothing in this section or section 257 of this title shall authorize the arrest or imprisonment of officers and seamen deserting or charged with desertion from merchant vessels of foreign nations in the United States and Territories and possessions thereof, and the cooperation, aid, and protection of competent legal authorities in effecting such arrest or imprisonment.
(R.S. §4081; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 153, §§16, 17, 38 Stat. 1184; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
R.S. §4081 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §2, 13 Stat. 121.
Words “magistrate judge” substituted in text for “magistrate” pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
The district courts and the United States magistrate judges shall have power to carry into effect, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the award or arbitration or decree of any consul, vice consul or commercial agent of any foreign nation, made or rendered by virtue of authority conferred on him as such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent, to sit as judge or arbitrator in such differences as may arise between the captains and crews of the vessels belonging to the nation whose interests are committed to his charge, application for the exercise of such power being first made to such court or magistrate judge, by petition of such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent. And said courts and magistrate judges may issue all proper remedial process, mesne and final, to carry into full effect such award, arbitration, or decree, and to enforce obedience thereto by imprisonment in the jail or other place of confinement in the district in which the United States may lawfully imprison any person arrested under the authority of the United States, until such award, arbitration or decree is complied with, or the parties are otherwise discharged therefrom, by the consent in writing of such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent, or his successor in office, or by the authority of the foreign government appointing such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent. The expenses of the said imprisonment and maintenance of the prisoners, and the cost of the proceedings, shall be borne by such foreign government, or by its consul, vice consul, or commercial agent requiring such imprisonment. The marshals of the United States shall serve all such process, and do all other acts necessary and proper to carry into effect the premises, under the authority of the said courts and magistrate judges.
(Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §271, 36 Stat. 1163; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
Section was formerly classified to section 393 of Title 28 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §1, 62 Stat. 869.
“United States magistrate judges”, “magistrate judge”, and “magistrate judges” substituted in text for “United States magistrates”, “magistrate”, and “magistrates”, respectively, pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
Section, act May 31, 1939, ch. 161, 53 Stat. 795, authorized Secretary of Army to sell supplies to aircraft operated by any foreign military or air attache�AE1 accredited to United States. See sections 4626, 4629, 9626, and 9629 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
It is declared to be the policy of the United States to adjust and settle its international disputes through mediation or arbitration, to the end that war may be honorably avoided. It looks with apprehension and disfavor upon a general increase of armament throughout the world, but it realizes that no single nation can disarm, and that without a common agreement upon the subject every considerable power must maintain a relative standing in military strength.
(Aug. 29, 1916, ch. 417, 39 Stat. 618.)
Pub. L. 111–158, §1, Apr. 26, 2010, 124 Stat. 1121, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 262p–12 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Haiti Debt Relief and Earthquake Recovery Act of 2010’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 262c, 262d, 262e to 262g–3, 282i, 284n, 285s, 285t, 286e–1f, and 290g–10 of this title, repealing sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under 262c and 282i of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Financial Institutions Act’.”
The Executive shall not extend or accept any invitation to participate in any international congress, conference, or like event, without first having specific authority of law to do so.
(Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 149, 37 Stat. 913.)
The United States shall not become a party to any new international criminal tribunal, nor give legal effect to the jurisdiction of such a tribunal over any matter described in subsection (b) of this section, except pursuant to—
(1) a treaty made under Article II, section 2, clause 2 of the Constitution of the United States on or after October 21, 1998; or
(2) any statute enacted by Congress on or after October 21, 1998.
The jurisdiction described in this section is jurisdiction over—
(1) persons found, property located, or acts or omissions committed, within the territory of the United States; or
(2) nationals of the United States, wherever found.
Nothing in this section precludes sharing information, expertise, or other forms of assistance with such tribunal.
The term “new international criminal tribunal” means any permanent international criminal tribunal established on or after October 21, 1998, and does not include—
(1) the International Tribunal for the Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Serious Violations of International Humanitarian Law in the Territory of the Former Yugoslavia, as established by United Nations Security Council Resolution 827 of May 25, 1993; or
(2) the International Tribunal for the Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Genocide and Other Serious Violations of International Humanitarian Law Committed in the Territory of Rwanda and Rwandan Citizens Responsible for Genocide and Other Such Violations Committed in the Territory of Neighboring States, as established by United Nations Security Council Resolution 955 of November 8, 1994.
(Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2502, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–836.)
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §705], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–460, formerly set out as a note under this section, was transferred and is classified to section 7401 of this title.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §706], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–461, formerly set out as a note under this section, was transferred and is classified to section 7402 of this title.
All financial contributions by the United States to the normal operations of the international organizations covered by this Act, which member states are obligated to support annually, shall be limited to the amounts provided in this Act: Provided, That contributions for special projects not regularly budgeted by such international organizations shall not be subject to the above limitation.
All financial contributions by the United States to international organizations in which the United States participates as a member shall be made by or with the consent of the Department of State regardless of the appropriation from which any such contribution is made.
(Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §2, 64 Stat. 903; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §405(b)(1), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1391.)
This Act, referred to in text, is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, 64 Stat. 903, which enacted section 262a of this title, and amended sections 269b, 272a, 279a, 280b, 290b of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The international organizations covered by this Act, referred to in text, are the Inter-American Children's Institute, the International Labor Organization, the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization, the South Pacific Commission, and the World Health Organization.
2002—Pub. L. 107–228 struck out at end “The Secretary of State shall report annually to the Congress on the extent and disposition of such contributions.”
No representative of the United States Government in any international organization hereafter shall make any commitment requiring the appropriation of funds for a contribution by the United States in excess of 331/3 per centum of the budget of any international organization for which the appropriation for the United States contribution is contained in this Act: Provided, That in exceptional circumstances necessitating a contribution by the United States in excess of 331/3 per centum of the budget, a commitment requiring a United States appropriation of a larger proportion may be made after consultation by United States representatives in the organization or other appropriate officials of the Department of State with the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives: Provided, however, That this section shall not apply to the United States representatives to the Inter-American organizations, Caribbean Commission and the Joint Support program of the International Civil Aviation Organization.
(Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title VI, §602, 65 Stat. 599; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368.)
This Act, referred to in text, is act Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title VI, 65 Stat. 599, popularly known as the Departments of State, Justice, Commerce and Judiciary Appropriation Act of 1952. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section is comprised of first paragraph of section 602 of act Oct. 22, 1951. Second par. of such section 602 contained a fiscal year provision.
1953—Act Aug. 5, 1953, inserted proviso that this section is not to apply to the United States representatives to the Caribbean Commission and the Joint Support program of the International Civil Aviation Organization.
Provisions similar to this section were contained in act July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550.
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) for humanitarian, economic, and political reasons, it is in the national interest of the United States to assist in fostering economic development in the less developed countries of this world;
(2) the development-oriented international financial institutions have proved themselves capable of playing a significant role in assisting economic development by providing to less developed countries access to capital and technical assistance and soliciting from them maximum self-help and mutual cooperation;
(3) this has been achieved with minimal risk of financial loss to contributing countries;
(4) such institutions have proved to be an effective mechanism for sharing the burden among developed countries of stimulating economic development in the less developed world; and
(5) although continued United States participation in the international financial institutions is an important part of efforts by the United States to assist less developed countries, more of this burden should be shared by other developed countries. As a step in that direction, in future negotiations, the United States should work toward aggregate contributions to future replenishments to international financial institutions covered by this Act not to exceed 25 per centum.
The Congress recognizes that economic development is a long-term process needing funding commitments to international financial institutions. It also notes that the availability of funds for the United States contribution to international financial institutions is subject to the appropriations process.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title I, §101, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1067.)
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), is Pub. L. 95–118, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1067, known as the International Financial Institutions Act, which enacted sections 262c, 262d, 262e to 262g–3, 262m to 262p–12, 262r to 262t, 282i, 284n, 285s, 285t, 286e–1f, and 290g–10 of this title, repealed sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 262c and 282i of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1977 Amendment note set out under section 261 of this title and Tables.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(b) [H.J. Res. 637, §101(b); H.R. 4473, title I], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167, provided in part that: “It is the sense of the Congress that the United States share of contributions to future replenishments of the International Financial Institutions should not exceed the percentages enumerated below for each of the respective accounts within these institutions:
“Asian Development Bank:
“Paid-in capital, 16.3 percent;
“Callable capital, 16.3 percent;
“Asian Development Fund, 22.2 percent;
“African Development Bank:
“Special Fund, 18 percent;
“Inter-American Development Bank:
“Paid-in capital, 34.5 percent;
“Callable capital, 34.5 percent;
“Fund for Special Operations, 40 percent;
“International Bank for Reconstruction and Development:
“Paid-in capital, 24 percent;
“Callable capital, 24 percent;
“International Development Association, 25 percent;
“International Finance Corporation, 23 percent.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 96–123, §101(a) [incorporating Pub. L. 95–481, title III], Nov. 20, 1979, 93 Stat. 923.
Pub. L. 95–481, title III, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1599.
Pub. L. 95–148, title III, Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1238.
Section 703 of Pub. L. 95–118 provided that:
“(a) The Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Treasury shall initiate a wide consultation designed to develop a viable standard for the meeting of basic human needs and the protection of human rights and a mechanism for acting together to insure that the rewards of international economic cooperation are especially available to those who subscribe to such standards and are seen to be moving toward making them effective in their own systems of governance.
“(b) Not later than one year after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 3, 1977], the Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on the progress made in carrying out this section.”
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the International Monetary Fund, shall advance the cause of human rights, including by seeking to channel assistance toward countries other than those whose governments engage in—
(1) a pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights, such as torture or cruel, inhumane, or degrading treatment or punishment, prolonged detention without charges, or other flagrant denial to life, liberty, and the security of person; or
(2) provide refuge to individuals committing acts of international terrorism by hijacking aircraft.
Further, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct each Executive Director of the above institutions to consider in carrying out his duties:
(1) specific actions by either the executive branch or the Congress as a whole on individual bilateral assistance programs because of human rights considerations;
(2) the extent to which the economic assistance provided by the above institutions directly benefit the needy people in the recipient country;
(3) whether the recipient country—
(A) is seeking to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material (as defined in section 6305(8) of this title) or a nuclear explosive device (as defined in section 6305(4) of this title);
(B) is not a State Party to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons; or
(C) has detonated a nuclear explosive device; and
(4) in relation to assistance for the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, the People's Democratic Republic of Laos, Russia and the other independent states of the former Soviet Union (as defined in section 5801 of this title), and Democratic Kampuchea (Cambodia), the responsiveness of the governments of such countries in providing a more substantial accounting of Americans missing in action.
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall report annually on all loans considered by the Boards of Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, or the designees of such Chairman and ranking minority member, and the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.
(2) Each report required by paragraph (1) shall—
(A) include a list of all loans considered by the Board 1 of Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section and shall specify with respect to each such loan—
(i) the institution involved;
(ii) the date of final action;
(iii) the borrower;
(iv) the amount;
(v) the project or program;
(vi) the vote of the United States Government;
(vii) the reason for United States Government opposition, if any;
(viii) the final disposition of the loan; and
(ix) if the United States Government opposed the loan, whether the loan meets basic human needs;
(B) indicate whether the United States has opposed any loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance to a country on human rights grounds;
(C) indicate whether the United States has voted in favor of a loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance to a country with respect to which the United States had, in the preceding 2 years, opposed a loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance on human rights grounds; and
(D) in cases where the United States changed its voting position from opposition to support or from support to opposition, on human rights grounds—
(i) indicate the policy considerations that were taken into account in the development of the United States voting position;
(ii) describe human rights conditions in the country involved;
(iii) indicate how the United States voted on all other loans, financial assistance, and technical assistance to such country during the preceding 2 years; and
(iv) contain information as to how the United States voting position relates to the overall United States Government policy on human rights in such country.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section, shall seek to channel assistance to projects which address basic human needs of the people of the recipient country.
In determining whether a country is in gross violation of internationally recognized human rights standards, as defined by the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, the United States Government shall give consideration to the extent of cooperation of such country in permitting an unimpeded investigation of alleged violations of internationally recognized human rights by appropriate international organizations including, but not limited to, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Amnesty International, the International Commission of Jurists, and groups or persons acting under the authority of the United Nations or the Organization of American States.
The United States Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section are authorized and instructed to oppose any loan, any extension of financial assistance, or any technical assistance to any country described in subsection (a)(1) or (2) of this section, unless such assistance is directed specifically to programs which serve the basic human needs of the citizens of such country.
The Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall consult frequently and in a timely manner with the chairmen and ranking minority members of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate to inform them regarding any prospective changes in policy direction toward countries which have or recently have had poor human rights records.
In determining whether the government of a country engages in a pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights, as described in subsection (a) of this section, the President shall give particular consideration to whether a foreign government—
(1) has engaged in or tolerated particularly severe violations of religious freedom, as defined in section 6402 of this title; or
(2) has failed to undertake serious and sustained efforts to combat particularly severe violations of religious freedom when such efforts could have been reasonably undertaken.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §701, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1069; Pub. L. 96–259, title V, §501(a), (b), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 431, 432; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1342(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743; Pub. L. 97–375, title II, §211, Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1826; Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1004, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1286; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(c), (d)(4), (e)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517–2519; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(b)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034; Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1008, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3361; Pub. L. 103–236, title VIII, §823(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 512; Pub. L. 105–292, title IV, §422, Oct. 27, 1998, 112 Stat. 2810; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1103(g), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031.)
2000—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106–569 substituted “The Secretary of the Treasury shall report annually” for “Not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report quarterly”.
1998—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–292 added subsec. (g) relating to violations of religious freedom.
1994—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103–236 amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: “whether the recipient country has detonated a nuclear device or is not a State Party to the Treaty on Nonproliferation of Nuclear Weapons or both; and”.
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–511, §1008(a), substituted “the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the International Monetary Fund,” for “and the African Development Bank,”.
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–511, §1008(b), inserted “Russia and the other independent states of the former Soviet Union (as defined in section 5801 of this title),” after “Laos,”.
1990—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–513 struck out “(2)” before “The Secretary” and substituted “of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate” for “specified in paragraph (1)”.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(c), amended subsec. (c) generally, substituting provisions relating to quarterly reports by Secretary of the Treasury not later than 30 days after end of each calendar quarter for provisions relating to annual reports by Secretaries of State and the Treasury, and quarterly reports by Secretary of the Treasury.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(e)(8), struck out at end “The annual report required under subsection (c) of this section shall include a listing of categories of such assistance granted, with particular attention to categories that address basic human needs.”
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(d)(4), struck out par. (1) which related to quarterly reporting requirements by Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with Secretary of State.
1983—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–181 substituted “pattern” for “consistent pattern”.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 98–181 substituted “Not later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, shall report.” for “The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, shall report quarterly”.
1982—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97–375 inserted “excluding section 262e of this title and”.
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted reference to the African Development Bank.
1980—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–259, §501(a), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 96–259, §501(b), added subsec. (g).
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–236 effective 60 days after Apr. 30, 1994, see section 831 of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title.
Section 801 of Pub. L. 101–240 provided that: “Except as otherwise provided in this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act [enacting sections 262m–7, 262p–4g to 262p–4k, 262r to 262r–2, 262s–1, 262t, 283z–5 to 283z–8, 286e–12, 286kk, and 2281 to 2286 of this title and section 3904a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, amending this section, sections 262m–7, 262p–1, 262p–5, 262s–2, 282b, 283b, 283cc, 284b, 285b, 286b, 286e–9, 286k–1, 286s, 290g–2, 290i–3, and 290k–5 of this title, and sections 635 and 635i–3 of Title 12, transferring former section 262q of this title to section 262s of this title and former section 4722 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, to section 262s–2 of this title, repealing sections 262i, 262m–6, 276c–3, 283i, 286b–1, and 286b–2 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 283z–6, 2151, and 2291 of this title and sections 635, 3901, and 3904a of Title 12, amending provisions set out as a note under section 262l of this title, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 262g–2 and 283 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1989].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §705, as added by Pub. L. 96–259, title V, §501(c), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 432, provided that: “The President shall direct the United States Governor of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the United States Governor of the International Finance Corporation, the United States Governor of the International Development Association, the United States Governor of the Inter-American Development Bank, the United States Governor of the Asian Development Bank, and the United States Governor of the African Development Fund, to consult with the other Governors of those institutions concerning adoption of an amendment to the Articles of Agreement of their respective institutions to establish human rights standards to be considered in connection with each application for assistance.”
Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §611, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1602, provided that: “The President shall direct the United States Governor of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the United States Governor of the International Finance Corporation, the United States Governor of the International Development Association, the United States Governor of the Inter-American Development Bank, the United States Governor of the Asian Development Bank, and the United States Governor of the African Development Fund, to propose and seek adoption of an amendment to the Articles of Agreement for their respective institutions to establish human rights standards to be considered in connection with each application for assistance.”
1 So in original. Probably should be “Boards”.
2 So in original. Two subsecs. (g) have been enacted.
It is the sense of the Congress that, where other means have proven ineffective in promoting international human rights, and except where the President determines that the cause of international human rights is served more effectively by actions other than voting against such assistance or where the assistance is directed to programs that serve the basic needs of the impoverished majority of the country in question, United States representatives to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank should oppose loans and other financial or technical assistance to any country that persists in a systematic pattern of gross violations of fundamental human rights.
(Pub. L. 95–148, title V, §507, Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1240.)
The President shall direct the United States Executive Directors of such international financial institutions to take all appropriate actions to keep the salaries and benefits of the employees of such institutions to levels comparable to salaries and benefits of employees of private business and the United States Government in comparable positions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §704, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071.)
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank, shall promote the development and utilization of light capital technologies, otherwise known as intermediate, appropriate, or village technologies, by such international institutions as major facets of their development strategies, with major emphasis on the production and conservation of energy through light capital technologies.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VIII, §801, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §§1342(c), 1371(b)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743, 746.)
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 redesignated subsec. (a) as entire section, inserted reference to African Development Bank, and struck out subsec. (b) which related to an annual report to Congress on progress toward achieving goals of this section.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The Congress declares it to be the policy of the United States, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank, to combat hunger and malnutrition and to encourage economic development in the developing countries, with emphasis on assistance to those countries that are determined to improve their own agricultural production, by seeking to channel assistance for agriculturally related development to projects that would aid in fulfilling domestic food and nutrition needs and in alleviating hunger and malnutrition in the recipient country. The United States representatives to the institutions named in this section shall oppose any loan or other financial assistance for establishing or expanding production for export of palm oil, sugar, or citrus crops if such loan or assistance will cause injury to United States producers of the same, similar, or competing agricultural commodity.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title IX, §901, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1371(b)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746.)
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 redesignated subsec. (a) as entire section and struck out subsec. (b) which related to an annual report to Congress on the progress towards achieving the goals of this section.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The Congress finds that there is a need for concerted international efforts to deal with the problems of malnutrition, low life expectancy, childhood disease, underemployment, and low productivity in developing countries.
The Congress notes with approval that the Inter-American Development Bank, under the terms of its Fifth Replenishment, has adopted the target that 50 percent of its lending benefit the poorest groups and has developed a usable methodology for determining the proportion of its lending which benefits such groups.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XI, §1101, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with representatives of other member countries of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the African Development Bank (if the United States becomes a member of that Bank), for the purpose of establishing guidelines within each of those institutions which specify that, in a manner consistent with the purposes and charters of those institutions, a specified proportion of the annual lending by each institution shall be designed to benefit needy people, primarily by financing sound, efficient, productive, self-sustaining projects designed to benefit needy people in developing countries, thus helping poor people improve their conditions of life.
The Congress finds that projects to construct basic infrastructure, to expand productive capacity (including private enterprise), and to address social problems can all meet the objectives of this section if they are designed and implemented properly. For the purposes of this title, “needy people” means those people living in “absolute” or “relative” poverty as determined under the standards employed by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XI, §1102, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
This title, referred to in subsec. (b), is title XI (§§1101–1103) of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745, which enacted sections 262g–1 and 262g–2 of this title and enacted a provision set out as a note below. For complete classification of title XI to the Code, see Tables.
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
Section 1103 of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746, required reports on the progress being made toward achieving the goals of this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.
The Secretary of the Treasury or his designee shall consult with the Chairman and the Ranking Minority Member of—
(1) the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate subcommittee of each such committee, and
(2) the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, and the appropriate subcommittee of each such committee,
for the purpose of discussing the position of the executive branch and the views of the Congress with respect to any international negotiations being held to consider future replenishments or capital expansions of any multilateral development bank which may involve an increased contribution or subscription by the United States. Such consultation shall be made (A) not later than 30 days before the initiation of such international negotiations, (B) during the period in which such negotiations are being held, in a frequent and timely manner, and (C) before a session of such negotiations is held at which the United States representatives may agree to such a replenishment or capital expansion.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XII, §1201, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by such institutions, using funds appropriated or otherwise made available pursuant to any provision of law, for the production or extraction of any commodity or mineral for export, if—
(1) such commodity or mineral, as the case may be, is in surplus on world markets; and
(2) the export of such commodity or mineral, as the case may be, would cause substantial injury to the United States producers of the same, similar, or competing commodity or mineral.
(Pub. L. 99–472, §22, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1210.)
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7026(c), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3354, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the North American Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by these institutions, using funds appropriated or made available pursuant to titles III through VI of this Act [div. F of Pub. L. 111–117, 123 Stat. 3323–3343, see Tables for classification], for the production or extraction of any commodity or mineral for export, if it is in surplus on world markets and if the assistance will cause substantial injury to United States producers of the same, similar, or competing commodity.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VII, §7026(c), Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 871.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title VI, §614, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2318.
Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §514, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2200.
Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §514, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2995.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §514, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 171.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §514, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 184.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §514, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2142.
Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title V, §514], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–25.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §514], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–85.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title V, §514(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–173.
Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §514, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2409.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §514], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–143.
Pub. L. 104–107, title V, §514, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 725.
Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §514, Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1628.
Pub. L. 103–87, title V, §514, Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 948.
Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §521, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1661.
Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §522, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2007.
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §522, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1221.
Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §522, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–25.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §522], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–157.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title V, §522], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–229, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §522], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–229.
Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title V, §523], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1306.
Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §524], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1899.
Pub. L. 98–151, §101(b)(1) [incorporating Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522], Nov. 14, 1983, 97 Stat. 964.
Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(b)(1) [incorporating Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522], Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1831.
Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1656.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(b) [H.J. Res. 637, §101(b); H.R. 4473, title V, §522A], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167.
Pub. L. 96–123, §101(a) [incorporating Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §609], Nov. 20, 1979, 93 Stat. 923.
Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §609, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1601.
Section, Pub. L. 96–259, title IV, §401, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 431, related to communication and dissemination of information respecting export opportunity enhancement.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank, shall encourage such institutions—
(1) to promote the decentralized production of renewable energy;
(2) to identify renewable resources to produce energy in rural development projects and determine the feasibility of substituting them for systems using fossil fuel;
(3) to train personnel in developing technologies for getting energy from renewable resources;
(4) to support research into the use of renewable resources, including hydropower, biomass, solar photovoltaic, and solar thermal;
(5) to support an information network to make available to policymakers the full range of energy choices;
(6) to broaden their energy planning, analyses, and assessments to include consideration of the supply of, demand for, and possible uses of renewable resources; and
(7) to coordinate with the Agency for International Development and other aid organizations in supporting effective rural energy programs.
For purposes of this section, the term “renewable resource” means any energy resource which—
(1) meets the needs of rural communities;
(2) saves capital without wasting labor;
(3) is modest in scale and simple to install and maintain and which can be managed by local individuals;
(4) is acceptable and affordable; and
(5) does not damage the environment.
(Pub. L. 96–259, title VI, §602, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 433; Pub. L. 97–375, title I, §112, Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1821.)
1982—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–375 struck out subsec. (c) which directed the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Director of the United States International Development Cooperation Agency, to report to Congress not later than six months after June 3, 1980, and annually thereafter on the progress toward achieving the goals set forth in this title.
Section 601 of Pub. L. 96–259 provided that: “The Congress finds that—
“(1) without an adequate supply of energy at affordable prices the world's poor will continue to be deprived of jobs, food, water, shelter, and clothing, and poor countries will continue to be economically and politically unstable;
“(2) dependence on increasingly expensive fossil fuel resources consumes too much of the capital available to poor countries with the result that funds are not available to meet the basic needs of poor people;
“(3) in many developing countries the cost of large central generators and long distance electrical distribution makes it unlikely that rural energy by means of a national grid will contribute to meeting the needs of poor people;
“(4) only one of eight rural inhabitants lives in an area which has access to electricity and even fewer rural inhabitants actually have or can afford electricity;
“(5) wood, animal and agricultural waste, and other ‘noncommercial’ fuels still supply about half the total energy in developing countries and all but a seventh in rural sectors;
“(6) growing dependence of the world's poor on wood for heating and cooking has forced the overcutting of forests and as a consequence erosion and loss of available agricultural land; and
“(7) recent initiatives by the international financial institutions to develop and utilize decentralized solar, hydro, biomass, geothermal, and wind energy should be significantly expanded to make renewable energy resources increasingly available to the world's poor on a wide scale.”
United States active participation in international financial institution activity is based on our national objective of furthering the economic and social development of the nations of the world, in particular the developing nations. The attainment of this national objective is most effectively realized through a world economic and financial system which is both free and stable. Therefore, it is the intent of the United States Congress that United States financial assistance to the international financial institutions should be primarily directed to those projects that would not generate excess commodity supplies in world markets, displace private investment initiatives or foster departures from a market-oriented economy.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the representatives of the United States to the international financial institutions described in subsection (d) of this section to take into account in their review of loans, credits, or other utilization of the resources of their respective institutions, the effect that country adjustment programs would have upon individual industry sectors and international commodity markets in order to—
(1) minimize any projected adverse impacts on such sector or markets of making such loans, credits, or utilization of resources; and
(2) avoid whenever possible government subsidization of production and exports of international commodities without regard to economic conditions in the markets for such commodities.
More specifically, the following criteria should be considered as a basis for a vote by the respective United States Executive Director to each of the international financial institutions described in subsection (d) of this section against a project proposal involving the creation of new capacity or the expansion, improvement, or modification of mining, smelting, refining, and fabricating of minerals and metal products:
(1) Analysis shows that the risks, returns, and incentives of a project are such that it could be financed at reasonable terms by commercial lending services.
(2) Analysis by the United States Bureau of Mines indicates that surplus capacity in the industry for the primary product of the defined project would exist over half the period of the economic life of the project because of projected world demand and capacity conditions.
(3) United States imports of the commodity constitute less than 50 percent of the domestic production of the primary product in those cases where the United States is the substantial producer of such commodities.
The international financial institutions referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section are the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 99–88, title I, §502, Aug. 15, 1985, 99 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 102–285, §10(b), May 18, 1992, 106 Stat. 172.)
“United States Bureau of Mines” substituted for “Bureau of Mines” in subsec. (c)(2) pursuant to section 10(b) of Pub. L. 102–285, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining. For provisions relating to closure and transfer of functions of the United States Bureau of Mines, see note set out under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining.
Section 501 of Pub. L. 99–88 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by these institutions, using funds appropriated or made available pursuant to this Act or any other Act, for the production of any copper commodity for export or for the financing of the expansion, improvement, or modernization of copper mining, smelting, and refining capacity.”
Beginning three years after September 30, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other utilization of the funds of their respective institution, other than to address basic human needs, for the government of any country which the Secretary of the Treasury determines—
(1) does not have in place a functioning system for reporting to civilian authorities audits of receipts and expenditures that fund activities of the armed forces and security forces;
(2) has not provided to the institution information about the audit process requested by the institution.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” shall include the institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §576], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–168; Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §572, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2430.)
Section 532(b) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 532(b) of Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–152, which is not classified to the Code.
1997—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–118, §572(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “does not have in place a functioning system for a civilian audit of all receipts and expenditures that fund activities of the armed forces and security forces;”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–118, §572(b), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: “has not provided a summary of a current audit to the institution.”
Beginning 1 year after September 30, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other utilization of the funds of their respective institution, other than to address basic human needs, for the government of any country which the Secretary of the Treasury determines—
(1) has, as a cultural custom, a known history of the practice of female genital mutilation; and
(2) has not taken steps to implement educational programs designed to prevent the practice of female genital mutilation.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” shall include the institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §579], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–170.)
Section 532(b) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 532(b) of Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–152, which is not classified to the Code.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks to—
(1) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to—
(A) add professionally trained staff with experience in ecology and related areas to undertake environmental review of projects, and strengthen existing staff exercising environmental responsibilities;
(B) develop and implement management plans to ensure systematic and thorough environmental review of all projects and activities affecting the ecology and natural resources of borrowing countries, including—
(i) creation of a line unit to carry out such reviews as part of the normal project cycle,
(ii) appointment of an environmental advisor to the Presidents of the Multilateral Development Banks,
(iii) institution of a regular program of monitoring all ongoing projects to ensure that contract conditions and general bank policies to protect the environment and indigenous peoples are fully complied with;
(C) create career and other institutional incentives for all professionally trained bank staff to incorporate environmental and natural resources concerns into project planning and country programming activities;
(2) vigorously promote changes in these institutions in their preparation of projects and country programs that will prompt staff and encourage borrower countries to—
(A) actively and regularly involve environmental and health ministers, or comparable representatives, at the national, regional and local level, in the preparation of environmentally sensitive projects and in bank-supported country program planning and strategy sessions;
(B) actively and regularly seek the participation of non-governmental indigenous peoples and conservation organizations in the host countries at all stages of project planning and strategy sessions;
(C) fully inform local communities and appropriate non-governmental organizations with interests in local development projects of all project planning sufficiently in advance of project appraisal to allow informed participation of local communities and non-governmental organizations that may be adversely affected by them;
(3) establish a regular integrated multidisciplinary planning process to conduct land use capability analyses in reviewing potential loans. Such plans shall include, but not be limited to, a review of ongoing or other potential resource utilization efforts in and adjacent to the project area;
(4) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to develop and implement plans for the rehabilitation and management of the ecological resources of borrower nations on a sustained basis. Special attention shall be paid to soil conservation, wildlife, wetlands, estuaries, croplands, grasslands, forests, and fisheries, including—
(A) long-term programs of research designed to manage ecosystems properly;
(B) provision of adequate extension workers, park rangers, social forestry experts, and other appropriate personnel; and
(C) improved programs of training in environmental science and land-use planning;
(5) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to increase the proportion of their programs supporting environmentally beneficial projects and project components, such as technical assistance for environmental ministries and institutions, resource rehabilitation projects and project components, protection of indigenous peoples, and appropriate light capital technology projects. Other examples of such projects include small scale mixed farming and multiple cropping, agroforestry, programs to promote kitchen gardens, watershed management and rehabilitation, high yield wood lots, integrated pest management systems, dune stabilization programs, programs to improve energy efficiency, energy efficient technologies such as small scale hydro projects, rural solar energy systems, and rural and mobile telecommunications systems, and improved efficiency and management of irrigation systems.1
(6) place an increased emphasis on upgrading the efficient use of energy and other resources by borrower nations. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to—
(A) significantly increasing the proportion of energy project lending for energy efficiency improvements, and decentralized small scale facilities such as solar, wind, or biomass generating facilities; and
(B) conducting an analysis of the comparative costs of any new energy generating facilities with the cost of increasing the energy efficiency in the project service area;
(7) seek a commitment of these institutions to fund projects to protect and preserve crucial wetland systems and to avoid expenditures for projects designed to convert major wetland systems. Development proposals which may affect these areas should be the subject of detailed impact assessments so as to avoid detrimental impacts to fisheries, wildlife and other important resources;
(8) vigorously promote the establishment within the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank of a component which provides training in environmental and natural resource planning and program development;
(9) regularly raise, at meetings of the Boards of Directors of these institutions, the issue of their progress in improving their environmental performance, with specific focus on the measures set forth above; and
(10) require at least a four week project review period between the time when staff recommendations are presented to the board and board action on any projects.
The Secretaries of Treasury and State, and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall ensure and coordinate a thorough evaluation within the United States Government of the potential environmental problems, and the adequacy of measures to address these problems, associated with all proposed loans for projects involving large impoundments of rivers in tropical countries; penetration roads into relatively undeveloped areas; and agricultural and rural development programs. The potential environmental problems to be addressed in such evaluations shall include those relating to deterioration of water quality; siltation; spread of waterborne diseases; forced resettlement; deforestation; threats to the land, health and culture of indigenous peoples; wetlands disruption; topsoil management, water logging and salinization in irrigation projects; and pesticide misuse and resistance.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State shall regularly undertake and continue diplomatic and other initiatives, in addition to those mentioned in subsection (a)(5), to discuss measures to improve the environmental performance of the Multilateral Development Banks with the representatives to these institutions, and with ministries from which they receive their instructions, of borrower and donor nations. In particular, joint efforts shall be undertaken with borrowers and donors to ensure cooperative implementation of the reforms described above.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State shall propose formally that the Boards of Governors of each Multilateral Development Bank hold a special meeting within the next twelve months, focused specifically on environmental performance and better implementation of multilateral development policies designed to protect the environment and indigenous peoples.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare and submit to the Committees on Appropriations by January 15, 1987, and annually thereafter, a report documenting the progress the Multilateral Development Banks have made in implementing the environmental reform measures described in paragraphs one through eight of subsection (a).
In the report of the Secretary of the Treasury required by subsection (e), regarding the implementation of staffing measures suggested in subsection (a)(1)(A), the Secretary of the Treasury shall specifically discuss the progress of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development in upgrading and adding environmentally trained professionals to each of its six regional offices to review projects for their prospective ecological impacts.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development in conjunction with the Secretaries of Treasury and State shall—
(1) instruct overseas missions of the Agency for International Development and embassies of the United States to analyze the impacts of Multilateral Development Bank projects proposed to be undertaken in the host country well in advance of a project's approval by the relevant institution. Such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project; adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, and indigenous peoples; and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts. If not classified under the national security system of classification, such information shall be made available to the public;
(2) in preparation of reviews required by subsection (g)(1), compile a list of categories of projects likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples. The list shall be developed in consultation with interested members of the public and made available to the Committee on Appropriations by December 31, 1986 and semiannually thereafter; and
(3) study the feasibility of creating a cooperative “early warning system” for projects of concern with other interested donors.
If a review required by subsection (g)(1) identifies adverse impacts to the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Multilateral Development Bank to seek changes to the project necessary to eliminate or mitigate those impacts.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall appoint a Committee on Health and the Environment to examine opportunities for assisting countries in the proper use of agricultural and industrial chemicals and processes and alternatives such as integrated pest management. The committee shall be broadly representative of industry, agriculture, labor, health and environmental interests and shall report its preliminary findings to Congress before hearings on the fiscal year 1988 budget.
(Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title V, §539], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–232, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §539], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–232.)
Section is from the Foreign Assistance and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1987.
Pub. L. 99–591 is a corrected version of Pub. L. 99–500.
A prior section 262l, Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §532, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1666, which related to environmental and energy initiatives, benchmarks, Global Warming Initiative, and appropriations, was transferred to section 262l–3 of this title.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §533, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1225, is set out as a note below.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §535, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–28, which related to sustainable use of natural resources and use of agricultural and industrial chemicals, was transferred to section 262l–2 of this title.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–161; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518, which related to sustainable economic growth and management of natural resources, environmental impact of loans, pest management, addition of trained professionals, and “early warning system”, was transferred to section 262l–1 of this title.
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §533, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2013, as amended by Pub. L. 102–27, title III, §308, Apr. 10, 1991, 105 Stat. 152.
Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title V, §540], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1309.
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §533, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1225, provided that:
“(a) It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on the sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of each multilateral development bank (MDB) to promote vigorously within each MDB the expansion of programs in areas which address the problems of global climate change through requirements to—
“(1) augment and expand the professional staff of each MDB with expertise in end-use energy efficiency and conservation and renewable energy;
“(2) develop methodologies which allow borrowing countries to include investments in end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy as explicit alternatives in the ‘least cost’ energy sector investments plans they prepare with MDB assistance. Such plans shall give priority to projects and programs which support energy conservation, end-use efficiency and renewable energy sources in major economic sectors, and shall compare the economic and environmental costs of those actions with the economic and environmental costs of investments in conventional energy supplies;
“(3) provide analysis for each proposed loan to support additional power generating capacity, comparing the economic and environmental costs of investments in demand reduction, including energy conservation and end-use energy efficiency, with the economic and environmental costs of the proposal;
“(4) assure that systematic, detailed environmental impact assessments (EIA) of proposed energy projects, or projects with potential significant environmental impacts, are conducted early in the project cycle. Assessments should include but not be limited to—
“(A) consideration of a wide range of alternatives to the proposed project including, where feasible, alternative investments in end-use energy efficiency and non-conventional renewable energy; and
“(B) encouragement and adoption of policies which allow for public participation in the EIA process;
“(5) include environmental costs in the economic assessment of the proposed projects with significant potential environmental impacts, or power projects, and if possible for all projects which involve expansion of generating capacity of more than 10 MW, develop a standard increase in project cost as a surrogate for the environmental costs;
“(6) encourage and promote end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy in negotiations of policy-based energy sector lending, and MDBs should consider not proceeding with policy-based sector loans which do not contain commitments from the borrowing country to devote a significant portion of its sector investments toward energy efficiency and renewable energy;
“(7) provide technical assistance as a component of all energy sector lending to help borrowing countries identify and pursue end-use energy efficiency investments. This technical assistance shall include support for detailed audits of energy use and the development of institutional capacity to promote end-use energy efficiency and conservation;
“(8) work with borrowing countries, with input from the public in both borrowing and donor countries, to develop loans for end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy, where possible ‘bundling’ small projects into larger, more easily financed projects; and
“(9) seek the convening of a special seminar for board members and senior staff of each MDB concerning alternate energy investment opportunities and end-use energy efficiency and conservation.
“(b) The Secretary of the Treasury as a part of the annual report to the Congress shall describe in detail, progress made by each of the MDBs in adopting and implementing programs meeting the standards set out in subsection (a), including in particular—
“(1) efforts by the Department of Treasury to assure implementation by each of the MDBs of programs substantially equivalent to those set out in this section, and results of such efforts;
“(2) progress made by each MDB in drafting and implementing least cost energy plans for each recipient country which meets requirements outlined in subsection (a)(2);
“(3) the absolute dollar amounts, and proportion of total lending in the energy sector, of loans and portions of loans, approved by each MDB in the previous year for projects or programs of end-use energy efficiency and conservation and renewable energy.
“(c) Not later than April 1, 1990, the Secretary of the Treasury shall request each MDB to prepare an analysis of the impact its current forestry sector loans will have on borrowing country emissions of CO2 and the status of proposals for specific forestry sector activities to reduce CO2 emissions.
“(d)(1) The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall issue guidance to all Agency missions and bureaus detailing the elements of a ‘Global Warming Initiative’ which will emphasize the need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, especially CO2, through strategies consistent with their continued economic development. This initiative shall emphasize the need to accelerate sustainable development strategies in areas such as reforestation, biodiversity, end-use energy efficiency, least-cost energy planning, and renewable energy, and shall encourage mission directors to incorporate the elements of this initiative in developing their country programs.
“(2) The Agency for International Development shall—
“(A) increase the number and expertise of personnel devoted to end-use energy efficiency, renewable energy, and environmental activities in all bureaus and missions;
“(B) devote increased resources to technical training of mission directors, in energy planning, energy conservation, end-use energy efficiency, renewable energy, reforestation, and biodiversity;
“(C) accelerate the activities of the Multi-Agency Working Group on Power Sector Innovation to enable completion of case studies of at least ten countries in fiscal year 1990; and
“(D) devote at least 10 percent of the resources allocated for forestry activities to the preservation and restoration (as opposed to management for extraction) of natural forests.
“(3) Funds appropriated by this Act [see Tables for classification] to carry out the provisions of sections 103 to 106 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151a to 2151d] may be used to reimburse the full cost of technical personnel detailed or assigned to, or contracted by, the Agency for International Development to provide expertise in the environmental sector.
“(4)(A) [Amended section 2151q of this title.]
“(B) Not less than $10,000,000 of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of sections 103 through 106 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2151a to 2151d] (including funds for sub-Saharan Africa) shall be made available for biological diversity activities, of which $2,000,000 shall be made available for the Parks in Peril project, pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) [of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, 22 U.S.C. 2151q(b)] and $1,000,000 shall be available for the National Science Foundation's international biological diversity program.
“(C) Funds obligated in prior fiscal years pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) may be expended in fiscal year 1990 pursuant to the authority of such section as amended by subparagraph (A).
“(e) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
“(1) instruct the United States Executive Directors to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the International Monetary Fund, to actively support lending portfolios which allow debtor developing countries to reduce or restructure debt in concert with the sustainable use of their natural resources. As a part of any such debt restructuring program, the United States Executive Director should require a thorough review of opportunities this initiative may offer for providing additional financial resources for the management of natural resources. The Secretary shall submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations on the progress of this program by April 30, 1990;
“(2) instruct the United States Executive Directors to the international financial institutions to seek the support of other donor countries in the implementation of this policy; and
“(3) instruct the United States Executive Director to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to actively seek the implementation by the World Bank of the recommendations set forth in its April 1, 1988, report on ‘Debt-for-Nature swaps’, including the setting up of a pilot debt-for-nature swap program in one or more interested countries. The Secretary shall submit a progress report on the implementation of this program to the Committees on Appropriations by April 1, 1990.
“(f) The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek to incorporate natural resource management initiatives throughout the implementation of the Brady Plan. The Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations a report by April 15, 1990, describing how such initiatives have been incorporated into the Brady Plan and identifying any such initiatives undertaken to date.
“(g) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to the Inter-American Development Bank to—
“(1) seek implementation of the environmental reform measures agreed to as part of the Bank's 7th Replenishment;
“(2) seek adoption of Bank policies regarding indigenous people, relations with nongovernmental organizations, and the protection of wildlife and unique natural and cultural features;
“(3) require the Bank to demonstrate how it has improved, and will improve, the monitoring of environmental and social components of loans; and
“(4) within four months after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 21, 1989] report to the Committees on Appropriations on the progress the Bank has made in implementing each of these reforms.”
1 So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.
It is the policy of the United States that participation in international financial institutions is predicated on the implementation of programs to promote environmentally sustainable economic growth and sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks (MDB's) to continue to vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to—
(1) add appropriately trained professional staff with expertise, and rigorously strengthen existing staffs’ training in ecology and related areas;
(2) develop and implement management plans to ensure systematic environmental review of all projects;
(3) fully inform and involve host country environmental and health officials (Federal and local) and nongovernmental environmental and indigenous peoples organizations at all stages of the project cycle in environmentally sensitive projects as well as in policy based lending to ensure the active participation of local communities and non-governmental organizations in the planning of projects that may adversely affect them;
(4) substantially increase the proportion of lending supporting environmentally beneficial projects and project components, including but not limited to technical assistance for environmental ministries and institutions, resource rehabilitation projects and project components, protection of indigenous peoples, and appropriate light capital technology projects. Other examples of such projects include small scale mixed farming and multiple cropping, agroforestry, programs to promote kitchen gardens, watershed management and rehabilitation, high yield wood lots, integrated pest management systems, dune stabilization programs, programs to improve energy efficiency, energy efficient technologies such as small scale hydro projects, solar, wind and biomass energy systems, rural and mobile telecommunications systems, and improved efficiency and management of irrigation systems; and
(5) conduct analyses of the comparative costs of new generating facilities with the cost of increasing energy efficiency in the project service area.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDB's and, where appropriate, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to—
(1) promote the requirement that all country lending strategies, policy based loans and adjustment programs contain analyses of the impact of such activities on the natural resources, potential for sustainable development, and legal protections for the land rights of indigenous peoples;
(2) promote the establishment of programs of policy-based lending in order to improve natural resource management, environmental quality, and protection of biological diversity;
(3) seek a commitment of these institutions to promote the conservation of wetlands, tropical forests, and other unique biological and highly productive ecosystems.
In order to promote sustainable and non-chemical dependent agriculture, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDB's to initiate discussions with other directors of the MDB's to propose that policies be established that integrated pest management and biological control of pests be a preferential and priority approach to pest management on all bank sponsored agricultural projects.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to the International Monetary Fund to promote the requirement that the IMF conduct an in-depth analysis of the impact of its adjustment policies and conditionality of its lending facilities on the environment, public health, natural resources and indigenous people.
No later than March 30, 1988, the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall initiate discussions with other donor nations, to explore ways in which said donor nations can support the addition of professionals trained in environmental and socio-cultural impact analysis to the Inter-American Development Bank, Asian Development Bank and African Development Bank. On the basis of such discussions the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall provide resources, including professional staff on loan, and/or financial support, to ensure with other donor nations the addition of sufficient staff trained in environmental and socio-cultural impact analysis to each of the above named regional development banks.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall conduct bilateral and multilateral discussions with other members of the MDB's to further strengthen the environmental performance of each bank. These discussions shall include, but not be limited to organizational, administrative and procedural arrangements to remove impediments to the efficient and effective management of assistance programs necessary to protect and ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and to carry out such assistance programs in consultation with affected local communities.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretaries of Treasury and State, shall continue, and work to enhance, the operation of the “early warning system”, by—
(1) instructing overseas missions of the Agency for International Development and embassies of the United States to analyze the impacts of Multilateral Development Bank loans well in advance of a loan's approval. Such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project; adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, and indigenous peoples; and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts. If not classified under the national security system of classification, such information shall be made available to the public;
(2) compiling a list of proposed Multilateral Development Bank loans likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, or indigenous peoples. The list shall contain the information identified in paragraph (1), shall be updated in consultation with interested members of the public, and shall be made available to the Committees on Appropriations by April 1, 1988 and semiannually thereafter; and
(3) creating a cooperative mechanism for sharing information collected through the “early warning system” with interested donor and borrowing nations and encouraging the Multilateral Development Banks to institute a similar system.
If a review required by subsection (h) identifies adverse impacts to the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the appropriate MDB to seek changes to the project necessary to eliminate or mitigate those impacts.
The Committee on Health and Environment of the Agency for International Development, called for in section 262l(i) of this title, shall report its findings to the Committees on Appropriations by February 1, 1988.
The Secretary of State, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, other appropriate Federal agencies, and interested members of the public, shall prepare and submit to the Committees on Appropriations and the appropriate authorizing committees by August 1, 1988, a report on a comprehensive strategy for maximizing the use of foreign assistance provided by the United States through multilateral and bilateral development agencies to address natural resources problems, such as desertification, tropical deforestation, the loss of wetlands, soil conservation, preservation of wildlife and biological diversity, estuaries and fisheries, croplands and grasslands. The report shall include, but not be limited to—
(1) an identification of the multilateral and bilateral agencies funded in part or in whole by the United States Government, whose activities have, or could have, a significant impact on sustainable natural resource use, and the rights and welfare of indigenous people, in the developing countries;
(2) a description of the internal policies and procedures by which each of these agencies addresses these issues, as well as a description of their own organizational structures for doing so;
(3) an assessment of how the funds contributed by the United States to these agencies can best be used in the future to address these issues.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–161; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (c) which related to “debt for conservation” initiatives.
It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on sustainable use of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks (MDB's) to—
(1) promote the adoption of internal guidelines requiring the use of least-cost planning techniques in evaluating proposed energy loans, and consider refusal to support power generation, utilization or energy sector loans unless cost-effective conservation measures have been fully evaluated and considered;
(2) encourage each MDB to offer technical assistance to borrower nations in preparing national energy plans. Special emphasis shall be given to least-cost analysis in making decisions on energy use and development, and such analyses shall take into account all demand-side as well as supply-side options;
(3) promote expansion of MDB expertise in the areas of energy conservation and renewable energy sources;
(4) promote the adoption of lending strategies which place increased emphasis on energy conservation and efficiency as opposed to merely increasing generating capacity;
(5) promote adoption of policies which minimize emissions of greenhouse gases;
(6) promote the adoption of lending strategies that place increased emphasis on energy efficient transportation programs. Such strategies shall consider alternatives to conventional mechanized transport such as nonmotorized vehicles, public transport and increased energy and cost efficiency of transportation systems; and
(7) promote the use of existing and the development of new mechanisms to promote conservation of biological diversity. Existing resources to be consulted shall include but not be limited to Conservation Data Centers.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall conduct bilateral and multilateral discussions with other members of the MDB's to further strengthen the environmental performance of each bank. These discussions shall include, but not be limited to organizational, administrative and procedural arrangements to remove impediments to the efficient and effective management of assistance programs necessary to protect and ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and to carry out such assistance programs in consultation with affected local communities.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall—
(1) in the submission of future “early warning system” reports, as required by the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988, make use of resources that promote the conservation of biological diversity, such as Conservation Data Centers;
(2) submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations, by January 15, 1989, on the Agency's activities and practices which encourage or discourage the use of renewable energy technologies overseas, and on ways to correct or refocus those efforts. This report shall include but is not limited to Agency activities which could be directed to develop a stronger interface with the private sector through the establishment of a United States Renewable Energy Industry Advisory Council;
(3) issue guidance to all Agency missions stating that renewable energy resources and conservation are to be the centerpiece of its energy efforts, and meeting energy needs through these means shall be discussed in every Country Development Strategy Statement; and
(4) take steps to implement recommendations set forth by a report of the Committee on Health and Environment on opportunities for the Agency to assist developing countries in the proper use of agricultural and industrial chemicals.
(Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §535, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–28.)
The Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131. The “early warning system” reports refer to the reports required by section 537(h)(1) of the Act (Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537(h)(1)]), which is classified to section 262l–1(h)(1) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1989.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on the sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank (MDB) to continue to promote vigorously the environmental and energy initiatives established in section 533(a) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1991 (Public Law 101–513). The Secretary of the Treasury, in cooperation with the Secretary of State, shall also undertake direct, bilateral discussions with appropriate officials of the governments of the member nations of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development with a goal of building greater international support for the environmental goals established in subsection (d) of this section. The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations by March 1, 1993, which describes the progress of these bilateral discussions.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, not later than March 1, 1993, submit a report to the Congress containing the same information as requested in section 533(b) of Public Law 101–513.
(1) In furtherance of the policies contained in section 533(a) of Public Law 101–513 and section 1308 1 of the International Development and Finance Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240), and as a basis for measuring more effectively progress by the MDBs toward improved environmental performance, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDBs to encourage each MDB, at a minimum, to meet the benchmarks established in paragraph (2) in the areas of sustainable energy development, forest conservation, forced displacement of populations, and environmental impact assessment. On March 1, 1993 and March 1, 1994, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the Congress describing in detail the progress being made by the MDBs in meeting these benchmarks.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), benchmarks are as follows:
(A) In the area of sustainable energy development—
(i) all loans in the energy sector should be based on, or support development of, “least-cost” integrated resource plans. Such plans shall include analyses of possible end-use energy efficiency measures and nonconventional renewable energy options, and such plans shall reflect the quantifiable environmental costs of proposed energy developments;
(ii) a substantial portion of loans and grants in the energy, industry, and transportation sectors shall be devoted to end-use energy efficiency improvements and nonconventional renewable energy development; and
(iii) all organizational units within the MDBs should create staff positions in a management role in end-use efficiency and renewable energy, which positions shall be staffed by individuals with professional experience in program design and management and educational degrees in relevant technical disciplines.
(B) In the area of forest conservation—
(i) forestry loans should not support commercial logging in relatively undisturbed primary forests, nor should loans result in any significant loss of tropical forests;
(ii) forestry loans should not be disbursed until legal, economic, land tenure, and other policy conditions needed to ensure sustainability are in place;
(iii) loans should not support mineral, petroleum, or other industrial development in, or construction or upgrading of roads through, relatively undisturbed primary forests unless adequate safeguards and monitoring systems, developed in consultation with local populations, are already in place to prevent degradation of the surrounding forests;
(iv) loans should be consistent with and support the needs and rights of indigenous peoples and other long-term forest inhabitants and should not be made to countries which have shown an unwillingness to resolve fairly the territorial claims of such people; and
(v) support for protection of biological diversity, in close consultation with local communities, should be increased to account for a larger proportion of MDB lending.
(C) In the area of forced displacement of populations—
(i) the World Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, and Asian Development Bank should maintain a listing, available to the Secretary of the Treasury, of all ongoing projects involving forced displacement of populations, including the number of people displaced and a report on the status of the implementation of their resettlement policy guidelines for each such project, and obtain agreements with borrowers to ensure that all ongoing projects involving forced displacement will be in full compliance with their resettlement policy guidelines by mid-1993; and
(ii) the African Development Bank should adopt and implement policy guidelines on forced displacement similar to such guidelines of the other MDBs.
(D) In the area of procedures for environmental impact assessment (EIA)—
(i) each MDB should require that draft and final EIA reports be made available to the public in borrowing and donor countries and that the public be offered timely opportunities for comment on the EIA process, including initial scoping sessions, review of EIA categories assigned to individual projects, and opportunities to comment on draft and final EIA reports;
(ii) each MDB should apply EIA requirements to all sector loans and develop and apply the methodology for environmental assessment of structural adjustment loans;
(iii) each MDB should require that the EIA process include analyses of the potential impacts of proposed projects on the global environment; and
(iv) each MDB should require the head of the appropriate environmental unit, rather than project officers, determine the appropriate type of environmental analysis required under the bank's EIA procedures.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall instruct all Agency missions and bureaus to continue to implement all elements of the “Global Warming Initiative” as defined in, and which may continue under, the authorities of sections 2 533(c)(1) through (4) of Public Law 101–513. The Initiative shall continue to emphasize the need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases through strategies consistent with continued economic development, such as forest conservation, end-use energy efficiency, least-cost energy planning, and renewable energy development. The Administrator shall direct Agency mission directors to incorporate these strategies in their country programs.
Of the funds appropriated by this Act under the headings in title II of this Act under “Agency for International Development”, not less than $650,000,000 shall be made available for environment and energy activities, including funds earmarked under section 533 of this Act, including the following—
(1) Not less than $20,000,000 of the aggregate of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of sections 103 through 106 and chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151a–2151d; 2293 et seq.] shall be made available for biological diversity activities, of which $5,000,000 shall be made available for the Parks in Peril project pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) of that Act [22 U.S.C. 2151q(b)]; $1,500,000 shall be for the National Science Foundation's international biological diversity program; $750,000 shall be for the Neotropical Bird Conservation Initiative of the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation; and up to $2,000,000 shall be for Project Noah;
(2) Not less than $15,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund and to carry out the provisions of chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2293 et seq.] shall be made available to support replicable renewable energy projects, and the Agency for International Development shall initiate at least five significant new activities in renewable energy during fiscal year 1993;
(3) Not less than $7,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund and to carry out the provisions of chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2293 et seq.] shall be made available for assistance in support of elephant conservation and preservation;
(4) Not less than $25,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund shall be made available for the Office of Energy of the Agency for International Development; and
(5) Up to $50,000,000 of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] may be made available to carry out the “Forests for the Future Initiative” and to achieve a Global Forest Agreement.
Of the funds appropriated by this Act to carry out the provisions of part I and chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.; 2346 et seq.], the Agency for International Development should, to the extent feasible and inclusive of funds earmarked under subsection (e) of this section, target assistance for the following activities:
(1) $50,000,000 for projects associated with the Global Environment Facility;
(2) a total of $10,000,000 for CORECT, the Environmental Technology Export Council, and the International Fund for Renewable Energy Efficiency; and
(3) $55,000,000 for activities consistent with the Global Warming Initiative.
Funds appropriated by this Act or any subsequent Act for the Development Assistance Fund and the Development Fund for Africa may be used for expenses (including related support costs) relating to the environment and energy sectors, of individuals detailed to or employed by the Agency for International Development, particularly those involved with the “Global Warning 3 Initiative” described in this subsection.4
Of the funds appropriated by this Act to carry out the provisions of section 2763 of this title, not less than $15,000,000 shall be made available to countries in Africa for programs which support conservation and biological diversity.
(Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §532, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1666.)
Section 533 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1991, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b), (c)(1), and (d), is section 533 of Pub. L. 101–513, which was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
Section 1308 of the International Development and Finance Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240), referred to in subsec. (c)(1), probably means a reference to the section 1308 of Pub. L. 95–118, the International Financial Institutions Act, which was added by section 521 of Pub. L. 101–240, and subsequently renumbered section 1307 of Pub. L. 95–118 by section 541(f)(4) of Pub. L. 101–240, and is classified to section 262m–7 of this title. Pub. L. 101–240 does not contain a section 1308.
This Act, referred to in subsecs. (e) to (h), is Pub. L. 102–391, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1633, known as the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1993. Provisions under the headings in title II of this Act under “Agency for International Development” appear at 106 Stat. 1638 et seq. and are not classified to the Code except for an undesignated par. that was formerly set out as a note under section 2151u of this title. Section 533 of the Act is not classified to the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsecs. (e)(1) to (3), (5) and (f), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424. Part I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§2151 et seq.) of chapter 32 of this title. For provisions deeming references to subchapter I to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32, see section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title. Sections 103 to 106 of the Act are classified to section 2151a to 2151d of this title. For provisions deeming references to sections 2151a to 2151d of this title to include a reference to section 2293 of this title, see section 2293(d)(1) of this title. Chapter 10 of part I of the Act is classified generally to part X (§2293 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 32 of this title. Chapter 4 of part II of the Act is classified generally to part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1993.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Probably should be “section”.
3 So in original. Probably should be “Warming”.
4 So in original. Probably should be “section.”
The Congress finds that—
(1) United States assistance to the multilateral development banks should promote sustainable use of natural resources and the protection of the environment, public health, and the status of indigenous peoples in developing countries;
(2) multilateral development bank projects, policies, and loans have failed in some cases to provide adequate safeguards for the environment, public health, natural resources, and indigenous peoples;
(3) many development efforts of the multilateral development banks are more enduring and less costly if based on consultations with directly affected population groups and communities;
(4) developing country governments sometimes do not ensure that appropriate policies and procedures are in place to use natural resources sustainably or consult with affected population groups and communities, where costs could be reduced or benefits made more enduring; and
(5) in general, the multilateral development banks do not yet provide systematic and adequate assistance to their borrowers to encourage sustainable resource use and consultation with affected communities, where costs could be reduced or benefits made more enduring.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1301, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1301 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall vigorously promote mechanisms to strengthen the environmental performance of these banks. These mechanisms shall include strengthening organizational, administrative, and procedural arrangements within the banks which will substantially improve management of assistance programs necessary to ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and the protection of indigenous peoples.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1302, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1302 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definition in section 262p of this title applies to this section.
(1) In the course of reviewing assistance proposals of the multilateral development banks, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall ensure that other agencies and appropriate United States embassies and overseas missions of the Agency for International Development are instructed to analyze, where feasible, the environmental impacts of multilateral development loans well in advance of such loans’ approval by the relevant institutions to determine whether the proposals will contribute to the sustainable development of the borrowing country.
(2) To the extent possible, such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project, adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, and indigenous peoples, and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts.
(3) If there is reason to believe that any such loan is particularly likely to have substantial adverse impacts, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall ensure that an affirmative investigation of such impacts is undertaken in consultation with relevant Federal agencies. If not classified under the national security system of classification, the information collected pursuant to this paragraph shall be made available to the public.
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the Executive Directors representing the United States at the multilateral development banks as defined in section 262m–7(g) of this title to urge the management and other directors of each such bank, to provide sufficient time between the circulation of assistance proposals and bank action on those proposals, in order to permit their evaluation by major shareholder governments.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct such Executive Directors to work with other countries’ Executive Directors and multilateral development bank management to—
(A) improve the procedures of each multilateral development bank for providing its board of directors with a complete and accurate record regarding public consultation before they vote on proposed projects with significant environmental implications; and
(B) revise bank procedures to consistently require public consultation on operational policy proposals or revisions that have significant environmental or social implications.
(3) Progress under this subsection shall be incorporated into Treasury's required annual report to Congress on the environmental performance of the multilateral development banks.
Based on the information obtained during the evaluation referred to in subsection (a) of this section and other available information, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall identify those assistance proposals likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, or indigenous peoples. The proposals so identified shall be transmitted to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, not later than June 30 and December 31 of each year following December 22, 1987.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall forward reports concerning information received under subsection (a) of this section to the Executive Director representing the United States in the appropriate bank with instructions to seek to eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts which may result from the proposal.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1303, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §593(b), Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3037.)
Section 1303 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
2004—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(b), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added pars. (2) and (3).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(b)(1), which directed amendment of par. (1) by substituting “multilateral development banks as defined in section 262m–7(g) of this title” for “International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank”, was executed by making substitution for “International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall create a system for cooperative exchange of information with other interested member countries on assistance proposals of the multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1304, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1304 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to support the strengthening of educational programs within each multilateral development bank to improve the capacity of mid-level managers to initiate and manage environmental aspects of development activities, and to train officials of borrowing countries in the conduct of environmental analyses.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1305, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1305 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continuously urge that each bank identify and develop methods and procedures to insure that in addition to economic and technical considerations, unquantified environmental values be given appropriate consideration in decisionmaking, and include in the documents circulated to the Board of Executive Directors concerning each assistance proposal a detailed statement, to include assessment of the benefits and costs of environmental impacts and possible mitigating measures, on the environmental impact of the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided if the proposal is implemented, and alternatives to the proposed action.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continuously promote—
(1) increases in the proportion of loans supporting environmentally beneficial policies, projects, and project components;
(2) the establishment of environmental programs in appropriate policy-based loans for the purpose of improving natural resource management, environmental quality, and protection of biological diversity;
(3) increases in the proportion of staff with professional training and experience in ecology and related areas and in the areas of anthropological and sociological impact analysis to ensure systematic appraisal and monitoring of environmental and sociocultural impacts of projects and policies;
(4) active and systematic encouragement of participation by borrowing countries nongovernmental environmental, community and indigenous peoples’ organizations at all stages of preparations for country lending strategies, policy based loans, and loans that may have adverse environmental or sociocultural impacts; and
(5) full availability to concerned or affected nongovernmental and community organization, early in the preparation phase and at all subsequent stages of planning of full documentary information concerning details of design and potential environmental and sociocultural impacts of proposed loans.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1306, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1306 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Section, Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1307, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134, required annual reports to Congress on environmental policies.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank not to vote in favor of any proposal (including but not limited to any loan, credit, grant, guarantee) which would result or be likely to result in significant impact on the environment, unless the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrators of the United States Agency for International Development and the Environmental Protection Agency, determines that for at least 120 days before the date of the vote—
(1) an assessment analyzing the environmental impacts of the proposed action, including associated and cumulative impacts, and of alternatives to the proposed action, has been completed by the borrower or the bank and has been made available to the board of directors of the bank; and
(2) such assessment or a comprehensive summary of the assessment (with proprietary information redacted) has been made available to affected groups, and local nongovernmental organizations and notice of its availability in the country and at the bank has been posted on the bank's website.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek the adoption of policies and procedures, through discussions and negotiations with the other member countries of the multilateral development banks and with the management of such banks, which result in access by governmental agencies and interested members of the public of such member countries, to environmental assessments or documentary information containing comprehensive summaries of such assessments which discuss the environmental impact of prospective projects and programs being considered by such banks. Such assessments or summaries should be made available to such governmental agencies and interested members of the public at least 120 days before scheduled board action, and public participation in review of the relevant environmental information should be encouraged.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) ensure that an environmental impact assessment or comprehensive summary of such assessment described in subsection (a) of this section accompanies loan proposals through the agency review process; and
(2) take into consideration recommendations from all other interested Federal agencies and interested members of the public.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with other Federal agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of State, and the Council on Environmental Quality, shall—
(1) instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to initiate discussions with the other executive directors of the respective bank and to propose that the respective bank develop and make available to member governments of, and borrowers from, the respective bank, within 18 months after December 19, 1989, a procedure for the systematic environmental assessment of development projects for which the respective bank provides financial assistance, taking into consideration the Guidelines and Principles for Environmental Impact Assessment promulgated by the United Nations Environmental Programme and other bilateral or multilateral assessment procedures; and
(2) in determining the position of the United States on any action proposed to be taken by a multilateral development bank, develop and prescribe procedures for the consideration of, among other things—
(A) the environmental impact assessment of the action described in subsection (a) of this section;
(B) interagency and public review of such assessment; and
(C) other environmental review and consultation of such action that is required by other law.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Interior, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Chairman of the Council on Environmental Quality, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, and the Administrator of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, shall—
(1) make available to the multilateral development banks, without charge, appropriate United States Government personnel to assist in—
(A) training bank staff in environmental impact assessment procedures;
(B) providing advice on environmental issues;
(C) preparing environmental studies for projects with potentially significant environmental impacts; and
(D) preparing documents for public release, and developing procedures to provide for the inclusion of interested nongovernmental organizations in the environmental review process; and
(2) encourage other member countries of such banks to provide similar assistance.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Foreign Relations and Environment and Public Works of the Senate and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives—
(A) not later than the end of the 1-year period beginning on December 19, 1989, a progress report on the efficacy of efforts by the United States to encourage consistent and timely environmental impact assessment of actions proposed to be taken by the multilateral development banks and on the progress made by the multilateral development banks in developing and instituting environmental assessment policies and procedures; and
(B) not later than January 1, 1993, a detailed report on the matters described in subparagraph (A).
The reports required by paragraph (1) shall be made available to the member governments of, and the borrowers from, the multilateral development banks, and to the public.
In this title,1 the term “multilateral development bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, any other institution (other than the International Monetary Fund) specified in section 262r(c)(2) of this title, and any subsidiary of any such institution.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1307, formerly §1308, as added and renumbered §1307, Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §§521, 541(f)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2511, 2519; amended Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §560(b), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2426; Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §593(a), Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3037.)
This title, referred to in subsec. (g), is title XIII of Pub. L. 95–118, which is classified to sections 262m to 262m–7 of this title. For complete classification of title XIII to the Code, see Tables.
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(a)(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to assessments required before favorable vote on action proposed to be taken by banks that would have a significant effect on the human environment.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(a)(2), amended heading and text of subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of this section, the term ‘multilateral development bank’ means any of the institutions named in section 262m–2(b) of this title, and the International Finance Corporation.”
1997—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(1), substituted “borrower” for “borrowing country”.
Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(2), struck out “country” after “borrower”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(3), added subsec. (g).
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
1 See References in Text note below.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek to ensure that multilateral development banks (as defined in section 262r(c)(4) of this title) adopt and implement greenhouse gas accounting in analyzing the benefits and costs of individual projects (excluding those with de minimus greenhouse gas emissions) for which funding is sought from the bank.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall work to ensure that the multilateral development banks (as defined in section 262r(c)(4) of this title) expand their activities supporting climate change mitigation by—
(1) significantly expanding support for investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy, including zero carbon technologies;
(2) reviewing all proposed infrastructure investments to ensure that all opportunities for integrating energy efficiency measures have been considered;
(3) increasing the dialogue with the governments of developing countries regarding—
(A) analysis and policy measures needed for low carbon emission economic development; and
(B) reforms needed to promote private sector investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy, including zero carbon technologies; and
(4) integrate low carbon emission economic development objectives into multilateral development bank country strategies.
Not later than 1 year after June 24, 2009, and annually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report on the status of efforts to implement this section to the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1308, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1111, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1903.)
A prior section 1308 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1307 and is classified to section 262m–7 of this title.
The Congress hereby finds the following:
(1) The financing of certain programs and projects by multilateral development banks has been of great concern insofar as the programs and projects have been detrimental to the interests of American farmers and the agribusiness sector.
(2) An increase in rural income in developing countries will generally result in an increase in exports of United States agricultural and food products.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1401, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1401 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury, after consultations with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of the Interior (to the extent appropriate) on markets and prices for commodities, shall periodically instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to work with other executive directors of the respective bank to continue to—
(1) support activities which result in broad increases in income and employment and enhance purchasing power in developing countries, particularly among the rural poor; and
(2) encourage diversification away from single crop or product economies in developing countries to help reduce wide fluctuations in commodity prices and the adverse impact of abrupt changes in the terms of trade.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1402, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1402 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall take all appropriate steps to discourage multilateral development banks from financing projects which will result in the production of commodities, products, or minerals for export that will be in surplus in world markets at the time such production begins.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to use the voice and vote of the United States in the respective banks—
(1) to oppose financing by the respective bank of projects which produce, or will produce, commodities, products, or minerals for export if—
(A) the commodity, product, or mineral is subsidized in a manner which is inconsistent with Article XVI.3 of the GATT 1994 as defined in section 3501(1)(B) of title 19, or Article 3.1(a) of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in section 3511(d)(12) of title 19; and
(B) support from financial sources other than multilateral development banks does not accompany such financing; and
(2) to oppose financing by the respective bank for production of a commodity, product, or mineral for export which—
(A) is likely to be in surplus on world markets at the time such production begins; and
(B) when exported, is likely to cause injury to United States producers within the meaning of Article 15 of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in subparagraph (A).
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1403, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 106–36, title I, §1002(b), June 25, 1999, 113 Stat. 133.)
Section 1403 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
1999—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–36, §1002(b)(1), substituted “GATT 1994 as defined in section 3501(1)(B) of title 19, or Article 3.1(a) of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in section 3511(d)(12) of title 19” for “General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade or Article 10 of the Agreement on Interpretation and Application of Articles VI, XVI, and XXIII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade”.
Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106–36, §1002(b)(2), substituted “Article 15 of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in subparagraph (A)” for “Article 6 of the Agreement on Interpretation and Application of Articles VI, XVI, and XXIII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade”.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund to use aggressively the voice and vote of the United States to vigorously promote policies to encourage the opening of markets for agricultural commodities and products by requiring recipient countries to make efforts to reduce trade barriers.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1404, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §611], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) In any negotiations concerning replenishment or an increase in capital for any multilateral development bank, the Secretary of the Treasury shall propose, as a principal point for negotiations, the following institutional reforms:
(1) The establishment of a unified program within each multilateral development bank to assess the extent to which bank lending benefits the least advantaged members of society, particularly women and the poor, and to increase the extent to which such members benefit from future bank lending.
(2) The establishment of an office or other administrative procedures within each multilateral development bank to—
(A) provide in-country liaison services for nongovernmental organizations operating at the community level;
(B) monitor the impact of project and nonproject lending on local populations; and
(C) ensure compliance with loan conditionalities, especially loan conditionalities relating to the protection of the quality of life of the poor and the rights of aboriginal minorities.
(3) A major increase in the number of members of the professional staff of each regional multilateral development bank with training in environmental or social impact analysis or natural science, including—
(A) recruitment of additional permanent professional staff; and
(B) training programs for existing staff members in these subject areas.
(4) With respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the establishment of a program for policy-based lending to promote the sustainable use of renewable resources and the protection of the environment in borrowing countries.
(5) An increase in the length of any review period established by any multilateral development bank for board review of staff recommendations by such time as would be sufficient to allow the governments of member countries to review and comment on the staff recommendations before any action is taken by the board of directors of such bank on the recommendations.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to request the management of such bank to prepare an annual report which identifies and describes the most exemplary lending practices or loan components implemented during the preceding year with respect to each of the following lending policy goals for each major borrowing country or country group:
(1) Benefit to the poor.
(2) Involvement of nongovernmental organizations and local and indigenous populations in loan design, implementation, planning, and monitoring.
(3) Integration of, consideration of, and concern for environmental quality and the sustainable use of natural resources into loan design, implementation, planning, and monitoring.
(4) Recognition of and support for the economic and social development of women.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1501, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1501 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to promote growth in the international economy by taking into account, when considering whether to support or oppose loan proposals at these institutions, the extent to which the recipient government has demonstrated a commitment to achieving the following goals:
(A) to provide accurate and complete data on the annual expenditures and receipts of the armed forces;
(B) to establish good and publicly accountable governance, including an end to excessive military involvement in the economy; and
(C) to make substantial reductions in excessive military spending and forces.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as so defined) to promote a policy at each institution under which—
(1) the respective institution monitors closely and, through regular policy consultations with recipient governments, seeks to influence the composition of public expenditure in favor of funding growth and development priorities and away from unproductive expenditure, including excessive military expenditures;
(2) the respective institution supports lending operations which assist efforts of recipient governments to promote good governance, including public participation, and reduce military expenditures; and
(3) the allocation of resources and the extension of credit by the respective institution takes into account the performance of recipient governments in the areas of good governance, ending excessive military involvement in the economy and reducing excessive military expenditures.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1502, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(d), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund to use aggressively the voice and vote of the Executive Director to do the following:
(1) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund in structuring programs and assistance so as to promote policies and actions that will contribute to exchange rate stability and avoid competitive devaluations that will further destabilize the international financial and trading systems.
(2) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund in promoting market-oriented reform, trade liberalization, economic growth, democratic governance, and social stability through—
(A) establishing an independent monetary authority, with full power to conduct monetary policy, that provides for a non-inflationary domestic currency that is fully convertible in foreign exchange markets;
(B) opening domestic markets to fair and open internal competition among domestic enterprises by eliminating inappropriate favoritism for small or large businesses, eliminating elite monopolies, creating and effectively implementing anti-trust and anti-monopoly laws to protect free competition, and establishing fair and accessible legal procedures for dispute settlement among domestic enterprises;
(C) privatizing industry in a fair and equitable manner that provides economic opportunities to a broad spectrum of the population, eliminating government and elite monopolies, closing loss-making enterprises, and reducing government control over the factors of production;
(D) economic deregulation by eliminating inefficient and overly burdensome regulations and strengthening the legal framework supporting private contract and intellectual property rights;
(E) establishing or strengthening key elements of a social safety net to cushion the effects on workers of unemployment and dislocation; and
(F) encouraging the opening of markets for agricultural commodities and products by requiring recipient countries to make efforts to reduce trade barriers.
(3) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), in strengthening financial systems in developing countries, and encouraging the adoption of sound banking principles and practices, including the development of laws and regulations that will help to ensure that domestic financial institutions meet strong standards regarding capital reserves, regulatory oversight, and transparency.
(4) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), in facilitating the development and implementation of internationally acceptable domestic bankruptcy laws and regulations in developing countries, including the provision of technical assistance as appropriate.
(5) Vigorously promote policies that aim at appropriate burden-sharing by the private sector so that investors and creditors bear more fully the consequences of their decisions, and accordingly advocate policies which include—
(A) strengthening crisis prevention and early warning signals through improved and more effective surveillance of the national economic policies and financial market development of countries (including monitoring of the structure and volume of capital flows to identify problematic imbalances in the inflow of short and medium term investment capital, potentially destabilizing inflows of offshore lending and foreign investment, or problems with the maturity profiles of capital to provide warnings of imminent economic instability), and fuller disclosure of such information to market participants;
(B) accelerating work on strengthening financial systems in emerging market economies so as to reduce the risk of financial crises;
(C) consideration of provisions in debt contracts that would foster dialogue and consultation between a sovereign debtor and its private creditors, and among those creditors;
(D) consideration of extending the scope of the International Monetary Fund's policy on lending to members in arrears and of other policies so as to foster the dialogue and consultation referred to in subparagraph (C);
(E) intensified consideration of mechanisms to facilitate orderly workout mechanisms for countries experiencing debt or liquidity crises;
(F) consideration of establishing ad hoc or formal linkages between the provision of official financing to countries experiencing a financial crisis and the willingness of market participants to meaningfully participate in any stabilization effort led by the International Monetary Fund;
(G) using the International Monetary Fund to facilitate discussions between debtors and private creditors to help ensure that financial difficulties are resolved without inappropriate resort to public resources; and
(H) the International Monetary Fund accompanying the provision of funding to countries experiencing a financial crisis resulting from imprudent borrowing with efforts to achieve a significant contribution by the private creditors, investors, and banks which had extended such credits.
(6) Vigorously promote policies that would make the International Monetary Fund a more effective mechanism, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), for promoting good governance principles within recipient countries by fostering structural reforms, including procurement reform, that reduce opportunities for corruption and bribery, and drug-related money laundering.
(7) Vigorously promote the design of International Monetary Fund programs and assistance so that governments that draw on the International Monetary Fund channel public funds away from unproductive purposes, including large “show case” projects and excessive military spending, and toward investment in human and physical capital as well as social programs to protect the neediest and promote social equity.
(8) Work with the International Monetary Fund to foster economic prescriptions that are appropriate to the individual economic circumstances of each recipient country, recognizing that inappropriate stabilization programs may only serve to further destabilize the economy and create unnecessary economic, social, and political dislocation.
(9) Structure International Monetary Fund programs and assistance so that the maintenance and improvement of core labor standards are routinely incorporated as an integral goal in the policy dialogue with recipient countries, so that—
(A) recipient governments commit to affording workers the right to exercise internationally recognized core worker rights, including the right of free association and collective bargaining through unions of their own choosing;
(B) measures designed to facilitate labor market flexibility are consistent with such core worker rights; and
(C) the staff of the International Monetary Fund surveys the labor market policies and practices of recipient countries and recommends policy initiatives that will help to ensure the maintenance or improvement of core labor standards.
(10) Vigorously promote International Monetary Fund programs and assistance that are structured to the maximum extent feasible to discourage practices which may promote ethnic or social strife in a recipient country.
(11) Vigorously promote recognition by the International Monetary Fund that macroeconomic developments and policies can affect and be affected by environmental conditions and policies, and urge the International Monetary Fund to encourage member countries to pursue macroeconomic stability while promoting environmental protection.
(12) Facilitate greater International Monetary Fund transparency, including by enhancing accessibility of the International Monetary Fund and its staff, fostering a more open release policy toward working papers, past evaluations, and other International Monetary Fund documents, seeking to publish all Letters of Intent to the International Monetary Fund and Policy Framework Papers, and establishing a more open release policy regarding Article IV consultations.
(13) Facilitate greater International Monetary Fund accountability and enhance International Monetary Fund self-evaluation by vigorously promoting review of the effectiveness of the Office of Internal Audit and Inspection and the Executive Board's external evaluation pilot program and, if necessary, the establishment of an operations evaluation department modeled on the experience of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, guided by such key principles as usefulness, credibility, transparency, and independence.
(14) Vigorously promote coordination with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) in promoting structural reforms which facilitate the provision of credit to small businesses, including microenterprise lending, especially in the world's poorest, heavily indebted countries.
(15) Work with the International Monetary Fund to—
(A) foster strong global anti-money laundering (AML) and combat the financing of terrorism (CFT) regimes;
(B) ensure that country performance under the Financial Action Task Force anti-money laundering and counterterrorist financing standards is effectively and comprehensively monitored;
(C) ensure note is taken of AML and CFT issues in Article IV reports, International Monetary Fund programs, and other regular reviews of country progress;
(D) ensure that effective AML and CFT regimes are considered to be indispensable elements of sound financial systems; and
(E) emphasize the importance of sound AML and CFT regimes to global growth and development.
To the extent that it would assist in achieving the goals described in subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury shall pursue the goals in coordination with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Commerce, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, and the United States Trade Representative.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1503, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §610(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224; amended Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7703(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3860.)
2004—Subsec. (a)(15). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (15).
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §504], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–317, as amended by Pub. L. 110–161, div. H, title I, §1502(a), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2250, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(2) Not less than 30 days prior to the entrance by the United States into international negotiations for the purpose of reaching agreement on the disposition of Fund gold whereby resources of the Fund would be used for the special benefit of a single member, or of a particular segment of the membership of the Fund, the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Committees on Banking and Financial Services [now Committee on Financial Services], on Appropriations, and on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Foreign Relations, on Appropriations, and on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs of the Senate.”
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director at each multilateral development institution to inform the institution of the following United States policy goals, and use the voice and vote of the United States to achieve the goals at the institution before June 30, 2005:
(1) No later than 60 calendar days after the Board of Directors of the institution approves the minutes of a Board meeting, the institution shall post on its website an electronic version of the minutes, with material deemed too sensitive for public distribution redacted.
(2) The institution shall keep a written transcript or electronic recording of each meeting of its Board of Directors and preserve the transcript or recording for at least 10 years after the meeting.
(3) All public sector loan, credit and grant documents, country assistance strategies, sector strategies, and sector policies prepared by the institution and presented for endorsement or approval by its Board of Directors, with materials deemed too sensitive for public distribution redacted or withheld, shall be made available to the public 15 calendar days before consideration by the Board or, if not then available, when the documents are distributed to the Board. Such documents shall include the resources and conditionality necessary to ensure that the borrower complies with applicable laws in carrying out the terms and conditions of such documents, strategies, or policies, including laws pertaining to the integrity and transparency of the process such as public consultation, and to public health and safety and environmental protection.
(4) The institution shall post on its website an annual report containing statistical summaries and case studies of the fraud and corruption cases pursued by its investigations unit.
(5) The institution shall require that any health, education, or poverty-focused loan, credit, grant, document, policy, or strategy prepared by the institution includes specific outcome and output indicators to measure results, and that the indicators and results be published periodically during the execution, and at the completion, of the project or program.
(6) The institution shall establish a plan and schedule for conducting regular, independent audits of internal management controls and procedures for meeting operational objectives, complying with Bank policies, and preventing fraud, and making reports describing the scope and findings of such audits available to the public.
(7) The institution shall establish effective procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of: (A) complaints received by the Bank regarding fraud, accounting, mismanagement, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (B) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Bank of concerns regarding fraud, accounting, mismanagement, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.
Not later than September 1, 2004, and 6 months thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees describing the actions taken by each multilateral development institution to implement the policy goals described in subsection (a) of this section, and any further actions that need to be taken to fully implement such goals.
No later than 60 calendar days after a meeting of the Board of Directors of a multilateral development institution, the Secretary of the Treasury should provide for publication on the website of the Department of the Treasury of any written statement presented at the meeting by the United States Executive Director at the institution concerning—
(1) a project on which a claim has been made to the inspection mechanism of the institution; or
(2) a pending inspection mechanism case.
The Secretary of the Treasury or the designee of the Secretary should brief the appropriate congressional committees, when requested, on the steps that have been taken by the United States Executive Director at any multilateral development institution, and by any such institution, to implement the measures described in this section.
Each month, the Secretary of the Treasury should provide for posting on the website of the Department of the Treasury of a record of all “no” votes and abstentions made by the United States Executive Director at any multilateral development institution on any matter before the Board of Directors of the institution.
In this section, the term “multilateral development institution” shall have the meaning given in section 262r(c)(3) of this title.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1504, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §581, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 202.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at each multilateral development bank to inform each such bank and the executive directors of each such bank of the policy of the United States as set out in this section and to actively promote this policy and the goals set forth in section 262o–3 of this title. It is the policy of the United States that each bank should—
(1) require the bank's employees, officers and consultants to make an annual disclosure of their financial interests and income and of any other potential source of conflict of interest;
(2) link project and program design and results to management and staff performance appraisals, salaries, and bonuses;
(3) implement voluntary disclosure programs for firms and individuals participating in projects financed by such bank;
(4) ensure that all loan, credit, guarantee, and grant documents and other agreements with borrowers include provisions for the financial resources and conditionality necessary to ensure that a person or country that obtains financial support from a bank complies with applicable bank policies and national and international laws in carrying out the terms and conditions of such documents and agreements, including bank policies and national and international laws pertaining to the comprehensive assessment and transparency of the activities related to access to information, public health, safety, and environmental protection;
(5) implement clear anti-corruption procedures setting forth the circumstances under which a person will be barred from receiving a loan, contract, grant, guarantee or credit from such bank, make such procedures available to the public, and make the identity of such person available to the public;
(6) coordinate policies across multilateral development banks on issues including debarment, cross-debarment, procurement guidelines, consultant guidelines, and fiduciary standards so that a person that is debarred by one such bank is subject to a rebuttable presumption of ineligibility to conduct business with any other such bank during the specific ineligibility period;
(7) require each bank borrower and grantee and each bidder, supplier and contractor for MDB projects to comply with the highest standard of ethics prohibiting coercive, collusive, corrupt and fraudulent practices, such as are defined in the World Bank's Procurement Guidelines of May, 2004;
(8) maintain a functionally independent Investigations Office, Auditor General Office and Evaluation Office that are free from interference in determining the scope of investigations (including forensic audits), internal auditing (including assessments of management controls for meeting operational objectives and complying with bank policies), performing work and communicating results, and that regularly report to such bank's board of directors and, as appropriate and in a manner consistent with such functional independence of the Investigations Office and the Auditor General Office, to the bank's President;
(9) require that each candidate for adjustment or budget support loans demonstrate transparent budgetary and procurement processes including budget publication and public scrutiny prior to loan or grant approval;
(10) require that for each project where compensation is to be provided to persons adversely affected by the project, such persons have recourse to an impartial and responsive mechanism to receive and resolve complaints. The mechanism should be easily accessible to all segments of the affected community without impeding access to other judicial or administrative remedies and without retribution;
(11) implement best practices in domestic laws and international conventions against corruption for whistleblower and witness disclosures and protections against retaliation for internal and lawful public disclosures by the bank's employees and others affected by such bank's operations who challenge illegality or other misconduct that could threaten the bank's mission, including: (1) best practices for legal burdens of proof; (2) access to independent adjudicative bodies, including external arbitration based on consensus selection and shared costs; and (3) results that eliminate the effects of proven retaliation; and
(12) require, to the maximum extent possible, that all draft country strategies are issued for public consideration no less than 45 days before the country strategy is considered by the multilateral development bank board of directors.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, beginning thirty days after November 14, 2005, and within sixty calendar days of the meeting of the respective bank's Board of Directors at which such decisions are made, publish on the Department of the Treasury website a statement or explanation of the United States position on decisions related to: (1) operational policies; and (2) any proposal which would result or be likely to result in a significant effect on the environment.
In this section the term “multilateral development bank” has the meaning given that term in section 262m–7 of this title and also includes the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Global Environment Facility.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1505, as added Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599B, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2241.)
November 14, 2005, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original “the enactment of this Act” which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–102, which enacted this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of the respective institutions and to propose that—
(1) guidelines be established which reflect clear and tangible concern for the impact adjustment lending programs, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, have and will have on human welfare; and
(2) impact statements be required which assess the effect an adjustment lending program, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, will have on the poor of the country to which such lending is made.
In the discussions referred to in subsection (a) of this section with respect to the impact statement described in paragraph (2) of such subsection, the United States Executive Director should propose that such impact statements—
(1) specify what the projected effects of the adjustment loan will be on the poor;
(2) explain what procedures have been or will be taken to strengthen the in-country capacity of the borrower to—
(A) monitor nutrition levels in a timely manner; and
(B) measure the impact an adjustment loan, and the policies and activities in support of which such loan is made, has on the living standards of the country's population, especially the poorest; and
(3) indicate specifically what steps the borrower will take to—
(A) mitigate any adverse effect the policies and activities in support of which an adjustment loan is made are expected to have on the living standards of the poor (including the use of the proceeds of any adjustment loan, project aid, or other compensatory measure to mitigate such effect); and
(B) maximize the extent of the participation of the poor in the economic benefits resulting from an adjustment loan.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to request the management of the respective institutions to prepare a report for distribution to member governments no later than June 30, 1988, that—
(1) assesses the impact on the poor of structural adjustment in countries to which structural adjustment lending has been made; and
(2) specifies the steps that have been or will be taken by the respective institution to—
(A) mitigate any adverse effect of adjustment lending, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, on the living standards of the poor in the countries to which such loans are made; and
(B) ensure the participation of the poor in the economic benefits resulting from adjustment lending and the activities in support of which such lending is made.
For purposes of this section and section 262m–1 of this title, the term “adjustment lending” means nonproject lending in support of structural macroeconomic reforms or sectoral economic reform.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1601, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1601 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of such institutions and to propose the establishment of a Grassroots Collaboration Program to develop improved mechanisms for involving, directly or indirectly, nongovernmental organizations in the design, implementation, and monitoring of development projects financed by, or development policies established by, such bank or association in order to alleviate poverty and promote environmental protection, including—
(1) encouraging nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries to participate in all stages of project planning and country strategy activities to—
(A) minimize any adverse impact of such projects or activities on the poor people of such country;
(B) minimize any adverse impact of such projects or activities on the environment of such country; and
(C) maximize the extent to which such projects or activities will benefit the poor people of such country;
(2) increasing the direct involvement of nongovernmental organizations in project design, implementation, or monitoring whenever such organizations have a distinct comparative advantage over other entities in providing such services by virtue of their grassroots involvement with poor people, especially women, in a borrowing country;
(3) providing microenterprise credit for small scale economic activities through nongovernmental organizations;
(4) supporting the enhancement of the institutional capacity of nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries as development practitioners; and
(5) establishing or supporting jointly funded intermediary mechanisms with nongovernmental organizations to facilitate increased collaboration between such bank or association and nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries.
It is the sense of the Congress that the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section should be implemented and financed as part of the normal operations of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
To the extent the activities under the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section need more flexible financing, it is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) such activities could be funded through a grant from the net income of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; and
(2) an initial grant of not less than $50,000,000 should be made for such activities with subsequent annual allocations of such additional amounts as may be necessary to allow the Grassroots Collaboration Program to maximize collaboration with nongovernmental organizations in the alleviation of poverty and the protection of the environment.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the status of the establishment and operation of the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section, the activities under taken by the Program and the sum of the amounts expended by the Program.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1602, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
Section 1602 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
1989—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (d) which related to initial reporting requirements by Secretary of the Treasury.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of such Bank or Association and to propose that—
(1) in carrying on the activities of the Bank or Association, the Bank or Association take such steps as may be necessary to increase access for the poor people of a borrowing country to formal sources of credit; and
(2) the Bank or Association include a requirement in all appropriate project and nonproject agreements, as a condition for assistance under such agreements, that the borrowing country identify and remove unreasonable legal and regulatory barriers to—
(A) the establishment or operation of organizations which extend credit; and
(B) the provision of credit to microenterprises for small scale economic activities.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the African Development Bank and the Asian Development Bank to initiate discussions with other directors of the respective banks and to propose that each such bank—
(1) examine the Program for the Financing of Small Projects of the Inter-American Development Bank and the steps taken by such bank to link the Program to the mainstream operation of the bank; and
(2) explore ways and means to establish similar programs within the respective banks to provide credit to microenterprises for small scale economic activities.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the status of the microenterprise credit promotion activities of each of the institutions referred to in subsection (a) or (b) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1603, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1603 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
Congress hereby declares that it is the policy of the United States that multilateral development banks should—
(1) fully involve women in borrowing countries in the identification, planning, implementation, and evaluation of mainstream development activities financed by such banks;
(2) recognize and support women's direct and indirect roles in the economic development of their countries and communities;
(3) recognize and support women's direct and indirect roles in the education and social development of, the maintenance of the health of, and in the provision of adequate nutrition for, family members and communities, especially children;
(4) work to remove legal and customary barriers which impede the full participation of women in economic and social development, such as lack of access to credit, property rights, education, health care, and government services; and
(5) involve women's groups in borrowing countries in project identification and preparation in order to factor their assessments of women's economic and social needs into project design.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct—
(1) the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to support attempts to strengthen the role of the Women in Development division in policy development, project design and implementation, and evaluation; and
(2) the United States Executive Directors of the regional multilateral development banks to support exploring the establishment of a mechanism, or the strengthening of any existing mechanism, within each of the respective banks, to advise, advocate, and promote the full intergration 1 of women in the planning, design, implementation, and evaluation of lending activities both in borrowing countries and within the banks.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the actions taken by the multilateral development banks to implement the policies established under this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1604, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1604 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be “integration”.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to initiate discussions with other executive directors of the respective bank and to propose that the bank take such steps as may be necessary—
(1) to determine, at the time an initial feasibility study is conducted with respect to a proposed project and to the fullest extent possible, the impact such project would have on indigenous people in the borrowing country;
(2) to ensure compliance with loan conditionalities relating to the protection of the rights of indigenous people to lands and resources; and
(3) to consult with indigenous people, and nongovernmental organizations representing indigenous people, at every phase of loan design, planning, implementation, and monitoring.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1605, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1605 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) the illicit narcotics epidemic currently afflicting the United States represents a direct threat to the well-being of every United States citizen;
(2) every effective means must be pursued to reduce the foreign production and subsequent importation into the United States of illicit narcotics;
(3) the multilateral development banks can play an integral role in efforts to control the production of illicit narcotics;
(4) producer country narcotics eradication programs will not be effective unless such programs provide an economic alternative to the production of narcotics;
(5) efforts to address the illicit narcotics epidemic through production control are doomed to failure unless greater effort is applied to curb use of and demand for illicit narcotics; and
(6) the appropriate role for the multilateral development banks in the “War Against Drugs” is through coordinating and financing alternative economic opportunities in producer and trafficking countries.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank to initiate discussions with other executive directors of such institutions and to advocate and support the creation, within such institutions, of specific country lending programs and policies (including crop substitution, creation of roads conducive to the expansion of markets for licit goods, other infrastructure development measures such as development projects generating employment, agricultural extension assistance, and region-specific development plans) which are particularly oriented to reducing or eliminating the economic dependence of regions of borrowing countries known to be areas in which illicit narcotics are produced or trafficked, on such production and trafficking.
In addition, the Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank to encourage such institutions to provide coordination among other multilateral and bilateral assistance programs designed to reduce the economic dependence of regions of borrowing countries known to be areas in which illicit narcotics are produced or trafficked, on such production and trafficking.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1606, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 6 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
A prior section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that a principal focus of United States Government policy in the multilateral development banks has been and should be to foster greater development of the private sector in member borrowing countries of such banks.
In order to assist and strengthen the advancement of ongoing efforts to have the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development play a key role in building a viable private sector in member borrowing countries of such bank, and to further assist such bank in its determination to facilitate the transfer of government-owned enterprises in such countries to private ownership, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of such bank to vigorously encourage the provision of technical assistance to such countries (relying, where appropriate, on the expertise of the International Finance Corporation or the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency) to transform enterprises owned, in whole or part, by the governments of such countries into privately owned, self-sufficient enterprises. Such technical assistance may involve the valuation of the assets of such government-owned enterprises, the assessment of tender offers, and the creation or strengthening of market-based mechanisms to facilitate such a transfer of ownership.
The United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development shall submit 3 reports to the Congress on—
(A) the progress made in transforming government-owned enterprises into privately owned enterprises as described in subsection (b) of this section;
(B) the performance of the privately owned enterprises resulting from such transformation; and
(C) the contributions of development finance companies toward strengthening the private sector in member borrowing countries.
The United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development shall submit to the Congress the first report required by paragraph (1) within 1 year after October 1, 1988, and shall submit additional reports 12 months, and 24 months, after the date the first report is submitted.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1607, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1607 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 7 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) voluntary debt-for-development swaps in heavily indebted developing nations can simultaneously facilitate reduction of the burden of external indebtedness and increase the resources available within the country for charitable, educational, and scientific purposes, including environmental conservation, education, human welfare, health, agricultural research and development, microenterprise credit, and development of indigenous nonprofit organizations; and
(2) heavily indebted developing countries may desire to facilitate such swaps to the maximum extent consistent with sound domestic economic management and minimization of inflationary impact.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the directors of such bank, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation and propose that such institutions provide advice and assistance, as appropriate, to borrowing country governments desiring to facilitate debt-for-development swaps, on mechanisms (including trust funds) to accomplish this purpose, particularly in the context of debt rescheduling, which mechanisms result in sound management of the macroeconomic impact of such swaps on such countries, and preserve the value of the capital obtained through such swaps.
As used in this section:
The term “debt-for-development swap” means the purchase of qualified debt by, or the donation of such debt to, an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 which is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of title 26, and the subsequent transfer of such debt to an organization located in such foreign country in exchange for an undertaking by such tax-exempt organization, such foreign government, or such foreign organization to engage in a charitable, educational, or scientific activity.
The term “qualified debt” means—
(i) sovereign debt issued by a foreign government;
(ii) debt owed by private institutions in the country governed by such foreign government; and
(iii) debt owed by institutions in the country governed by such foreign government, which are owned, in part, by private persons and, in part, by public institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1608, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1608 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 8 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) the heavy burden of debt borne by sub-Saharan governments undermines efforts by such governments to finance projects and programs designed to promote charitable, educational, and scientific purposes, including education, human welfare, health, agricultural research and development, and conservation, restoration and enhancement of the natural resource base; and
(2) the financing of programs to promote such charitable, educational, and scientific purposes should be facilitated in the context of reducing and converting sovereign debt of sub-Saharan governments, as encouraged in the final communique of the June 1988 economic summit conference in Toronto, Canada, through such means as—
(A) concessional interest rates;
(B) extended repayment periods; or
(C) partial or complete write-offs of debt service obligations.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the African Development Bank and the African Development Fund to initiate discussions with the directors of such institutions and propose that such institutions, jointly with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation, as appropriate, provide advice and assistance to government creditors holding sovereign debt of any sub-Saharan government, and to sub-Saharan governments which desire to finance programs with local currencies obtained through debt reduction and conversion to promote charitable, educational, and scientific (including conservation and restoration of natural resources) purposes, as a condition of reducing or converting such sovereign debt.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1609, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1609 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 9 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the directors of such bank and propose that such bank consider, as an important factor in making loans to borrowing country governments, the history of compliance by such governments with, and the extent to which such governments have honored, agreements entered into by such governments as part of any debt-for-development swap which requires such governments to set aside or otherwise limit the use of real property to conservation purposes.
As used in this section:
The term “debt-for-development swap” means the purchase of qualified debt by, or the donation of such debt to, an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 which is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of title 26, and the subsequent transfer of such debt to an organization located in such foreign country in exchange for an undertaking by such tax-exempt organization, such foreign government, or such foreign organization to engage in a charitable, educational, or scientific activity.
The term “qualified debt” means—
(A) sovereign debt issued by a foreign government;
(B) debt owed by private institutions in the country governed by such foreign government; and
(C) debt owed by institutions in the country governed by such foreign government which are owned, in part, by private persons and, in part, by public institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1610, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1610 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 10 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) improvement in the capacity of developing countries to measure and monitor regularly the nutritional and physical well-being of the poorest 40 percent of the population of each of such countries is essential to the development of policies to reduce absolute poverty;
(2) internationally accepted statistical indicators that measure reliably the extent of absolute poverty and identify the location and characteristics of the poor are being developed and refined to guide policy formulation and target assistance to the poor;
(3) such guidance by indicators is, however, not able to be used in some developing countries, especially the poorest countries, due to the woeful unavailability of statistical data;
(4) the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association have the technical and financial capability to assist borrowing country governments to develop such statistical measurement capabilities for social indicators necessary for the design and monitoring of poverty-reduction policies for such governments;
(5) availability of social indicator data is also essential to the work of such institutions, particularly in monitoring the impact of structural adjustment lending on the poor; and
(6) availability of such indicators will also facilitate the measurement of progress in the alleviation of poverty by other donor agencies, public and private.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to advocate and support, as an immediate priority, assistance by such institutions to borrowing country governments to develop appropriate statistical measures for assessing the physical well-being of the poor, by sex and age, by using such indicators as mortality, health, education, and nutrition, as well as wealth and income, and maintain and publish such indicators on an ongoing basis.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1611, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1611 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 11 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that a principal focus of United States Government policy in the multilateral development banks has been and should be to foster greater development of the private sector in member borrowing countries of such banks.
In order to assist and strengthen the advancement of ongoing efforts to have the Inter-American Development Bank play a key role in building a viable private sector in member borrowing countries of such bank, and to further assist such bank in its determination to facilitate the transfer of government-owned enterprises in such countries to private ownership, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of such bank to vigorously encourage the provision of technical assistance to such countries to transform enterprises owned, in whole or in part, by the governments of such countries into privately owned, self-sufficient enterprises. Such technical assistance may involve the valuation of the assets of such government-owned enterprises, the assessment of tender offers, and the creation or strengthening of market-based mechanisms to facilitate such a transfer of ownership.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1612, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §206, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2499.)
A prior section 1612 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director for each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continually advocate, in all replenishment negotiations and in discussion with other directors of such bank and with such bank, the following:
(1) A major objective of such bank's operations and financing in each borrowing country, as a long term priority, should be to increase the productive role of the poor in the economy of such country.
(2) Such bank should encourage and assist each borrowing country to develop sustainable national plans and strategies to eliminate the causes and alleviate the manifestations of poverty which keep the poor from leading economically and socially productive lives. Such plans and strategies should give attention to—
(A) the enhancement of human resources, including programs for basic nutrition, primary health services, basic education, and safe water and basic sanitation;
(B) access to income-generating activities, employment, and productive assets such as land and credit; and
(C) consultation with public sector social agencies and local non-governmental organizations.
(3) As an integral element of ongoing policy dialogue with each borrowing country to design structural adjustment plans and project lending programs, such bank should provide assistance consistent with achieving the objectives of the country's national plan for increasing the productive economic participation of the poor. Such dialogue should be conducted with government agencies working in social and economic sectors and with non-governmental groups in the borrowing country, especially those that have grassroots involvement with poor people.
(4) In an annual review document, such bank should describe the extent to which the goal of increasing the productive economic participation of the poor is being advanced or retarded and the steps that are being taken to overcome obstacles to its fulfillment. Such review should be based on information contained in the bank's country implementation review documents and in the country strategy documents for each borrowing country. Such country strategy documents should describe the national strategy for productive economic participation of the poor and the steps the bank plans to take to assist the borrowing country during the period covered by the country strategy document.
(5) Such bank should assist countries in assessing and monitoring progress in achieving poverty alleviation goals and targets through measurement by appropriate social indicators.
(6) Such bank should adopt procedures and budgetary allocations for administrative purposes, and establish appropriate staffing levels, to ensure that adequate resources are available to implement the bank's program for enhancing the productive economic participation of the poor, in consultation with non-governmental groups.
(7) Such bank should adopt, as a separate and major criterion in the allocation of concessional financing resources, a preferential allocation to each country which undertakes significant efforts to enhance the productive economic participation of the poor.
(8) Such bank should require each country which receives structural adjustment assistance to have in place, after a reasonable phase-in period, a strategy to enhance the productive economic participation of the poor.
Before the end of the 1-year period beginning on December 19, 1989, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, a report on the following:
(1) The status of advocacy and progress being made to implement the objectives of subsection (a) of this section, describing the success to date, the obstacles encountered, and future expectations of progress.
(2) A description of the progress to date in achieving the purposes of section 262p–4f of this title, including the institutional capacity and effort devoted to assisting in the development of statistical measures to assess the well-being of the poor.
(3) A description and evaluation of the progress to date in developing effective mechanisms for involving non-governmental organizations, directly or indirectly, in the design, implementation, and monitoring of development projects, programs, and policies of the multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1613, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §501, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2505.)
A prior section 1613 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to—
(1) negotiate for the creation in each respective multilateral development bank, except where the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the provisions of this subsection have previously been met, of a department that will—
(A) be responsible for environmental protection and resource conservation, including support for restoration, protection, and sustainable use policies;
(B) develop and monitor strict environmental guidelines and policies to govern lending activities; and
(C) actively promote, coordinate and facilitate debt-for-nature exchanges and the restoration, protection, and sustainable use of tropical forests, renewable natural resources, endangered ecosystems and species in debtor countries;
(2) support and encourage the approval of multilateral development bank loans which include provisions that foster and facilitate the implementation of a sound and effective environmental policy in the borrowing country;
(3) encourage the banks to assist such countries in reducing and restructuring private debt through the use of a portion of a project or policy based environmental loan in ways which will enable such countries to buy back private debt at a rate of discount available for such debt, at auction in the secondary market or through negotiations with creditors holding such debt;
(4) seek to ensure that staff of each bank facilitate debtor countries’ collaboration with local and international non-governmental or private organizations in implementing debt-for-nature exchanges; and
(5) seek to ensure that each bank adopts policy guidelines which to the maximum extent possible provide for—
(A) the inclusion of sustainable use policies in loan agreements negotiated with borrower members;
(B) the adoption of economic programs to foster sound environmental policies; and
(C) the provision of debtor countries’ policy changes or significant increases in financial resources for use in at least 1 of the following—
(i) restoration, protection, or sustainable use of the world's oceans and atmosphere;
(ii) restoration, protection, or sustainable use of diverse animal and plant species;
(iii) establishment, restoration, protection, and maintenance of parks and reserves;
(iv) development and implementation of sound systems of natural resource management;
(v) development and support of local conservation programs;
(vi) training programs to strengthen conservation institutions and increase scientific, technical, and managerial capabilities of individuals and organizations involved in conservation efforts;
(vii) efforts to generate knowledge, increase understanding, and enhance public commitment to conservation;
(viii) design and implementation of sound programs of land and ecosystem management; and
(ix) promotion of regenerative approaches in farming, forestry, and watershed management.
The United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks shall seek to negotiate with the other executive directors to provide guidelines for restoration, protection, or sustainable use policies. Pending the outcome of such negotiations, the United States Executive Directors shall consider restoration, protection, or sustainable use policies to be those which—
(1) support development that maintains and restores the renewable natural resource base so that present and future needs of debtor countries’ populations can be met, while not impairing critical ecosystems and not exacerbating global environmental problems;
(2) are environmentally sustainable in that resources are conserved and managed in an effort to remove pressure on the natural resource base and to make judicious use of the land so as to sustain growth and the availability of all natural resources;
(3) support development that does not exceed the limits imposed by local hydrological cycles, soil, climate, vegetation, and human cultural practices;
(4) promote the maintenance and restoration of soils, vegetation, hydrological cycles, wildlife, critical ecosystems (tropical forests, wetlands, and coastal marine resources), biological diversity and other natural resources essential to economic growth and human well-being and shall, when using natural resources, be implemented to minimize the depletion of such natural resources; and
(5) take steps, wherever feasible, to prevent pollution that threatens human health and important biotic systems and to achieve patterns of energy consumption that meet human needs and rely on renewable resources.
The United States Executive Directors shall endeavor to include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) of subsection (b) of this section in the guidelines developed through the negotiations specified in this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1614, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2508.)
A prior section 1614 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the other executive directors of such bank and the management of such bank and propose that, in order to reduce the future need for bank lending for reforestation and restoration of environmentally degraded areas, the bank establish a project and policy based environmental lending program (including a loan a portion of which could be used to reduce and restructure private debt), to be made available to interested countries with a demonstrated commitment to natural resource conservation, which would be based on—
(1) the estimated long-term economic return which could be expected from the sustainable use and protection of tropical forests, including the value of tropical forests for indigenous people and for science;
(2) the value derived from such services as—
(A) watershed management;
(B) soil erosion control;
(C) the maintenance and improvement of—
(i) fisheries;
(ii) water supply regulation for industrial development;
(iii) food;
(iv) fuel;
(v) fodder; and
(vi) building materials for local communities;
(D) the extraction of naturally occurring products from locally controlled protected areas; and
(E) indigenous knowledge of the management and use of natural resources; and
(3) the long-term benefits expected to be derived from maintaining biological diversity and climate stabilization.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1615, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2510.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to vigorously promote the adoption of policies and procedures which seek to—
(1) increase collaboration with, and, where necessary, strengthen, nongovernmental organizations in such countries which are concerned with environmental protection by providing appropriate assistance and support for programs and activities on environmental protection; and
(2) encourage international collaboration for information exchange and project enhancement with nongovernmental organizations in developing countries which are concerned with environmental protection and government agencies and private voluntary organizations in developed countries which are concerned with environmental protection.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1616, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2510.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to propose, and urge the Executive Board and the management of the bank to develop and implement 1 specific mechanisms designed to—
(1) substantially improve the ability of the staff of the bank to interact with nongovernmental organizations and other local groups that are affected by loans made by the bank to borrower countries; and
(2) delegate to the field offices of the bank in borrowing countries greater responsibility for decisions with respect to proposals for projects in such countries that are to be financed by the bank.
The mechanisms described in subsection (a) of this section shall include, at a minimum, the following measures:
(1) An instruction to the management of the bank to undertake efforts to appropriately train and significantly increase the number of bank professional staff (based in Washington, District of Columbia, as of November 5, 1990) assigned, on a rotating basis, to field offices of the bank in borrower countries.
(2) The assignment to at least 1 professional in each field office of the bank in a borrower country of responsibility for relations with local nongovernmental organizations, and for the preparation and submission to appropriate staff of the bank of a report on the impact of project loans to be made by the bank to the country, based on views solicited from local people who will be affected by such loans, which shall be included as part of the project appraisal report.
(3) The establishment of the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in section 262p–1(a) of this title.
(4) Before a project loan is made to a borrower country, the country is to be required to hold open hearings on the proposed project during project identification and project preparation.
(5) The establishment of assessment procedures which allow affected parties and nongovernmental organizations to review information describing a prospective project or policy loan design, in a timely manner, before the loan is submitted to the Executive Board for approval.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1617, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2032.)
A prior section 1617 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to urge the bank to support an increase in the amount the bank lends annually to support population, health, and nutrition programs of the borrower countries.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1618, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2033.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks and of the International Monetary Fund to use the voices and votes of the Executive Directors to urge their respective banks and the Fund to adopt a policy which provides, and implement procedures which ensure, that such banks and the Fund, and the affiliates of such banks and of the Fund, shall not discriminate against any person on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, color, or religious affiliation in any determination related to employment.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1619, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(b)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2033.)
A prior section 1619 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) and the United States representative to the council of the Global Environment Facility administered by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to use the voice and vote of the United States to bring about the creation and full implementation of policies designed to promote respect for and full protection of the territorial rights, traditional economies, cultural integrity, traditional knowledge and human rights of indigenous peoples.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1620, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
A prior section 1620 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to use the voice and vote of the United States to urge the respective institution—
(1) to adopt policies to encourage borrowing countries to guarantee internationally recognized worker rights (within the meaning of section 2467(4) of title 19) and to include the status of such rights as an integral part of the institution's policy dialogue with each borrowing country;
(2) in developing the policies referred to in paragraph (1), to use the relevant conventions of the International Labor Organization, which have set forth, among other things, the right of association, the right to organize and bargain collectively, a prohibition on the use of any form of forced or compulsory labor, and certain minimum labor standards that take into account differences in development levels among nations including a minimum age for the employment of children, acceptable conditions of work with respect to minimum wages, hours of work, and occupational safety and health; and
(3) to establish formal procedures to screen projects and programs funded by the institution for any negative impact in a borrowing country on the rights referred to in paragraph (1).
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate by the end of each fiscal year a report on the extent to which each borrowing country guarantees internationally recognized worker rights to its labor force and on progress toward achieving each of the goals described in subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1621, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1634; amended Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1954(b)(4), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1928.)
Another section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 is classified to section 262p–4q of this title.
1996—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104–188 substituted “2467(4)” for “2462(a)(4)”.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to articles entered on or after Oct. 1, 1996, with provisions relating to retroactive application, see section 1953 of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2461 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States executive director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other use of the funds of the respective institution to or for a country for which the Secretary of State has made a determination under section 2405(j) of title 50, Appendix, or section 2371 of this title.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” includes—
(1) the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Monetary Fund;
(2) wherever applicable, the Inter-American Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund; and
(3) any similar institution established after April 24, 1996.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1621, as added Pub. L. 104–132, title III, §327, Apr. 24, 1996, 110 Stat. 1257.)
Another section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 is classified to section 262p–4p of this title.
Similar provisions are contained in section 262p–11 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
If the President determines that a particular foreign country has taken or has committed to take actions that contribute to efforts of the United States to respond to, deter, or prevent acts of international terrorism, the Secretary may, consistent with other applicable provisions of law, instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the Executive Director to support any loan or other utilization of the funds of the respective institutions for such country, or any public or private entity within such country.
The Secretary may instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to aggressively use the voice and vote of the Executive Director to require an auditing of disbursements at such institution to ensure that no funds are paid to persons who commit, threaten to commit, or support terrorism.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” means an institution described in section 262r(c)(2) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–56, title III, §360, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat. 329; Pub. L. 108–458, title VI, §6202(l), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3746.)
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–458, §6202(l)(1), inserted “the” after “utilization of the funds of”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–458, §6202(l)(2), substituted “at such institution” for “at such institutions”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 108–458 effective as if included in Pub. L. 107–56, as of the date of enactment of such Act, and no amendment made by Pub. L. 107–56 that is inconsistent with such amendment to be deemed to have taken effect, see section 6205 of Pub. L. 108–458, set out as a note under section 1828 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Secretary means the Secretary of the Treasury, see section 302(b)(5) of Pub. L. 107–56, set out in a note under section 5311 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
For purposes of this title and titles XIV and XV—
(1) the term “multilateral development bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the regional multilateral development banks; and
(2) the term “regional multilateral development bank” means the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1622, formerly §1606, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; renumbered §1612, Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36; renumbered §1613, renumbered §1614, renumbered §1617, Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §206, title V, §§501, 512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2499, 2505, 2508; renumbered §1619, renumbered §1620, Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), (b)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2032, 2033; renumbered §1622, Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
This title and titles XIV and XV, referred to in text, are titles XVI, XIV, and XV, respectively, of Pub. L. 95–118. Title XIV is classified to sections 262n to 262n–3 of this title, title XV is classified to sections 262o to 262o–4 of this title, and title XVI is classified to sections 262p to 262p–4q and 262p–5 to 262p–12 of this title. For complete classification of these titles to the Code, see Tables.
Section 1622, formerly §1606, of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202. Renumbering of section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 as section 1612 was based on section 6 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
In order to accelerate multilateral debt relief and promote human and economic development and poverty alleviation in heavily indebted poor countries, the Congress urges the President to commence immediately efforts, with the Paris Club of Official Creditors, as well as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), and other appropriate multilateral development institutions to accomplish the following modifications to the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative:
A country which is otherwise eligible to receive cancellation of debt under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative may receive such cancellation only if the country has committed, in connection with social and economic reform programs that are jointly developed, financed, and administered by the World Bank and the IMF—
(A) to enable, facilitate, or encourage the implementation of policy changes and institutional reforms under economic reform programs, in a manner that ensures that such policy changes and institutional reforms are designed and adopted through transparent and participatory processes;
(B) to adopt an integrated development strategy to support poverty reduction through economic growth, that includes monitorable poverty reduction goals;
(C) to take steps so that the financial benefits of debt relief are applied to programs to combat poverty (in particular through concrete measures to improve economic infrastructure, basic services in education, nutrition, and health, particularly treatment and prevention of the leading causes of mortality) and to redress environmental degradation;
(D) to take steps to strengthen and expand the private sector, encourage increased trade and investment, support the development of free markets, and promote broad-scale economic growth;
(E) to implement transparent policy making and budget procedures, good governance, and effective anticorruption measures;
(F) to broaden public participation and popular understanding of the principles and goals of poverty reduction, particularly through economic growth, and good governance; and
(G) to promote the participation of citizens and nongovernmental organizations in the economic policy choices of the government.
The Secretary of the Treasury should urge the IMF and the World Bank to complete a debt sustainability analysis by December 31, 2000, and determine eligibility for debt relief, for as many of the countries under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative as possible.
The Secretary of the Treasury, after consulting with the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and International Relations of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Foreign Relations and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, shall make every effort (including instructing the United States Directors at the IMF and World Bank) to ensure that an external assessment of the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative, including the reformed Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility program as it relates to that Initiative, takes place by December 31, 2001, incorporating the views of debtor governments and civil society, and that such assessment be made public.
The term “modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative” means the multilateral debt initiative presented in the Report of G–7 Finance Ministers on the Ko�AE4ln Debt Initiative to the Ko�AE4ln Economic Summit, Cologne, Germany, held from June 18–20, 1999.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1623, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §502], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–313.)
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors at the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to use the voice and vote of the United States to promote the establishment of poverty reduction strategy policies and procedures at the World Bank and the IMF that support countries’ efforts under programs developed and jointly administered by the World Bank and the IMF that have the following components:
(1) The development of country-specific poverty reduction strategies (Poverty Reduction Strategies) under the leadership of such countries that—
(A) will be set out in poverty reduction strategy papers (PRSPs) that provide the basis for the lending operations of the International Development Association (IDA) and the reformed Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility (ESAF);
(B) will reflect the World Bank's role in poverty reduction and the IMF's role in macroeconomic issues;
(C) will make the IMF's and the World Bank's advice and operations fully consistent with the objectives of poverty reduction through broad-based economic growth; and
(D) should include—
(i) implementation of transparent budgetary procedures and mechanisms to help ensure that the financial benefits of debt relief under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative (as defined in section 262p–6 of this title) are applied to programs that combat poverty; and
(ii) monitorable indicators of progress in poverty reduction.
(2) The adoption of procedures for periodic comprehensive reviews of reformed ESAF and IDA programs to help ensure progress toward longer-term poverty goals outlined in the Poverty Reduction Strategies and to allow adjustments in such programs.
(3) The publication of the PRSPs prior to Executive Board review of related programs under IDA and the reformed ESAF.
(4) The establishment of a standing evaluation unit at the IMF, similar to the Operations Evaluation Department of the World Bank, that would report directly to the Executive Board of the IMF and that would undertake periodic reviews of IMF operations, including the operations of the reformed ESAF, including—
(A) assessments of experience under the reformed ESAF programs in the areas of poverty reduction, economic growth, and access to basic social services;
(B) assessments of the extent and quality of participation in program design by citizens;
(C) verifications that reformed ESAF programs are designed in a manner consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies; and
(D) prompt release to the public of all reviews by the standing evaluation unit.
(5) The promotion of clearer conditionality in IDA and reformed ESAF programs that focuses on reforms most likely to support poverty reduction through broad-based economic growth.
(6) The adoption by the IMF of policies aimed at reforming ESAF so that reformed ESAF programs are consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies.
(7) The adoption by the World Bank of policies to help ensure that its lending operations in countries eligible for debt relief under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative are consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies.
(8) Strengthening the linkage between borrower country performance and lending operations by IDA and the reformed ESAF on the basis of clear and monitorable indictors.1
(9) Full public disclosure of the proposed objectives and financial organization of the successor to the ESAF at least 90 days before any decision by the Executive Board of the IMF to consider its adoption.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1624, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §502], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–314.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be “indicators”.
The Secretary of the Treasury should immediately commence efforts within the Paris Club of Official Creditors, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Monetary Fund, and other appropriate multilateral development institutions to modify the Enhanced HIPC Initiative so that the amount of debt stock reduction approved for a country eligible for debt relief under the Enhanced HIPC Initiative shall be sufficient to reduce, for each of the first 3 years after May 27, 2003, or the Decision Point, whichever is later—
(A) the net present value of the outstanding public and publicly guaranteed debt of the country—
(i) as of the decision point 1 if the country has already reached its decision point; 1 or
(ii) as of May 27, 2003, if the country has not reached its decision point,1
to not more than 150 percent of the annual value of exports of the country for the year preceding the Decision Point; and
(B) the annual payments due on such public and publicly guaranteed debt to not more than—
(i) 10 percent or, in the case of a country suffering a public health crisis (as defined in subsection (e) of this section), not more than 5 percent, of the amount of the annual current revenues received by the country from internal resources; or
(ii) a percentage of the gross national product of the country, or another benchmark, that will yield a result substantially equivalent to that which would be achieved through application of clause (i).
In financing the objectives of the Enhanced HIPC Initiative, an international financial institution shall give priority to using its own resources.
Debt cancellation under the modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section should not be conditioned on any agreement by an impoverished country to implement or comply with policies that deepen poverty or degrade the environment, including any policy that—
(1) implements or extends user fees on primary education or primary health care, including prevention and treatment efforts for HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, and infant, child, and maternal well-being;
(2) provides for increased cost recovery from poor people to finance basic public services such as education, health care, clean water, or sanitation;
(3) reduces the country's minimum wage to a level of less than $2 per day or undermines workers’ ability to exercise effectively their internationally recognized worker rights, as defined under section 262p–4p of this title; 2 or
(4) promotes unsustainable extraction of resources or results in reduced budget support for environmental programs.
A country shall not be eligible for cancellation of debt under modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section if the government of the country—
(1) has an excessive level of military expenditures;
(2) has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism, as determined by the Secretary of State under section 2405(j)(1) of title 50, Appendix, or section 2371(a) of this title;
(3) is failing to cooperate on international narcotics control matters; or
(4) engages in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights (including its military or other security forces).
A country that is otherwise eligible to receive cancellation of debt under the modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section may receive such cancellation only if the country has agreed—
(1) to ensure that the financial benefits of debt cancellation are applied to programs to combat HIV/AIDS and poverty, in particular through concrete measures to improve basic services in health, education, nutrition, and other development priorities, and to redress environmental degradation;
(2) to ensure that the financial benefits of debt cancellation are in addition to the government's total spending on poverty reduction for the previous year or the average total of such expenditures for the previous 3 years, whichever is greater;
(3) to implement transparent and participatory policymaking and budget procedures, good governance, and effective anticorruption measures; and
(4) to broaden public participation and popular understanding of the principles and goals of poverty reduction.
In this section:
The term “country suffering a public health crisis” means a country in which the HIV/AIDS infection rate, as reported in the most recent epidemiological data for that country compiled by the Joint United Nations Program on HIV/AIDS, is at least 5 percent among women attending prenatal clinics or more than 20 percent among individuals in groups with high-risk behavior.
The term “Decision Point” means the date on which the executive boards of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund review the debt sustainability analysis for a country and determine that the country is eligible for debt relief under the Enhanced HIPC Initiative.
The term “Enhanced HIPC Initiative” means the multilateral debt initiative for heavily indebted poor countries presented in the Report of G–7 Finance Ministers on the Cologne Debt Initiative to the Cologne Economic Summit, Cologne, June 18–20, 1999.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1625, as added Pub. L. 108–25, title V, §501, May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 747; amended Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §596, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 209.)
Section 262p–4p of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), was in the original “section 526(e) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1995 (22 U.S.C. 262p–4p)” meaning section 526(e) of Pub. L. 103–306, which was translated as reading section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 which was enacted by section 526(e) of Pub. L. 103–306 and is classified to section 262p–4p of this title, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
May 27, 2003, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii), was in the original “the date of the enactment of this Act”, which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 108–25, which enacted this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2004—Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 108–199 substituted “clause (i)” for “subparagraph (A)”.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. The words “decision point” probably should be capitalized.
2 See References in Text note below.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors at the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation of the following United States policy goals, and to use the voice and vote of the United States to actively promote and work to achieve these goals:
(1) Suspension of the use of the “Employing Workers” Indicator for the purpose of ranking or scoring country performance in the annual Doing Business Report of the World Bank until a set of indicators can be devised that fairly represent the value of internationally recognized workers’ rights, including core labor standards, in creating a stable and favorable environment for attracting private investment. The indicators shall bring to bear the experiences of the member governments in dealing with the economic, social and political complexity of labor market issues. The indicators should be developed through collaborative discussions with and between the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the International Labor Organization, private companies, and labor unions.
(2) Elimination of the “Labor Tax and Social Contributions” Subindicator from the annual Doing Business Report of the World Bank.
(3) Removal of the “Employing Workers” Indicator as a “guidepost” for calculating the annual Country Policy and Institutional Assessment score for each recipient country.
(b) Within 60 days after June 24, 2009, the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide an instruction to the United States Executive Directors referred to in subsection (a) to take appropriate actions with respect to implementing the policy goals of the United States set forth in subsection (a), and such instruction shall be posted on the website of the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1626, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1110, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1902.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to seek to ensure that World Bank Procedure 17.55, which establishes the operating procedures of Management with regard to the Inspection Panel, provides that Management prepare and make available to the public semiannual progress reports describing implementation of Action Plans considered by the Board; allow and receive comments from Requesters and other Affected Parties for two months after the date of disclosure of the progress reports; post these comments on World Bank and Inspection Panel websites (after receiving permission from the requestors to post with or without attribution); submit the reports to the Board with any comments received; and make public the substance of any actions taken by the Board after Board consideration of the reports.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to continue to promote the independence and effectiveness of the Inspection Panel, including by seeking to ensure the availability of, and access by claimants to, the Inspection Panel for projects supported by World Bank resources.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to request an evaluation by the Independent Evaluation Group on the use of country environmental and social safeguard systems to determine the degree to which, in practice, the use of such systems provides the same level of protection at the project level as do the policies and procedures of the World Bank.
In this section, the term “World Bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1627, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1110, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1902.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at each of the International Financial Institutions 1 (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose the provision of loans or other use of the funds of the respective institution to any country the government of which the Secretary of State has determined, for purposes of section 2405(j) of title 50, Appendix, section 2371 of this title, or section 2780 of this title, to be a government that has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI (par.), as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1404, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1919.)
Section is comprised of an undesignated paragraph which was added at the end of title XVI of Pub. L. 95–118.
Similar provisions are contained in section 262p–4q of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
The Secretary of the Treasury should direct the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Fund for Agricultural Development, and other multilateral development institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(3) of this title) to use the voice, vote and influence of the United States at each such institution to seek to achieve—
(1) the immediate and complete cancellation of any and all remaining debts owed by Haiti to such institutions;
(2) the suspension of Haiti's debt service payments to such institutions until such time as the debts are canceled completely; and
(3) the provision, before February 1, 2015, of emergency, humanitarian and reconstruction assistance from such institutions to Haiti in the form of grants or other assistance such that Haiti does not accumulate debt.
The Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund to advocate the use of some of the realized windfall profits that exceed the required contribution to the Poverty Reduction and Growth Trust (as referenced in the IMF Reforms Financial Facilities for Low-Income Countries Public Information Notice (PIN) No. 09/94) from the ongoing sale of 12,965,649 ounces of gold acquired since the second Amendment of the Fund's Article of Agreement, to provide debt stock relief and debt service relief for Haiti and, before February 1, 2015, to provide grants for Haiti.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State should use all appropriate diplomatic influence to secure cancellation of any and all remaining bilateral, multilateral and private creditor debt owed by Haiti.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1628, as added Pub. L. 111–158, §2, Apr. 26, 2010, 124 Stat. 1121.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
Section, Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3202, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1382, which related to multilateral development bank procurement, was renumbered section 1801 of title XVIII of Pub. L. 95–118, by Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517, and transferred to section 262s of this title.
The Chairman shall report annually to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the President of the Senate, and to the President of the United States on the participation of the United States in the international financial institutions. The Chairman shall present such report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate not later than April 1 of each year following the close of the fiscal year covered by such report, except that the report for fiscal year 1989 shall be submitted not later than June 1, 1990.
Each annual report required by subsection (a) of this section shall contain—
(1) such data and explanations concerning the effectiveness, operations, and policies of the international financial institutions, such recommendations concerning the international financial institutions, and such other data and material as the Chairman may deem appropriate;
(2) the reports on each specific issue and topic which is required by any other provision of law to be included in the report of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies required by section 286b(b)(5) of this title, as in effect immediately before December 19, 1989;
(3) a description of each loan or other form of financial assistance approved by any international financial institution during the fiscal year covered by such report, and a discussion of how such loan or financial assistance will benefit the people, particularly the poor people, of the recipient country;
(4) a review of the success achieved through the multilateral development banks in reducing or eliminating import restrictions and unfair export subsidies which—
(A) have been determined to be consistent with international agreements; and
(B) have a serious adverse impact on the United States;
(5) a description of the actions taken and the progress made in carrying out subsections (a) and (b) of section 286cc of this title;
(6) the report required by section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Act of 1986 (title II of Public Law 99–570), discussing the actions taken and progress made in encouraging the multilateral development banks to finance drug eradication and crop substitution programs;
(7) a description of the progress made by the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund with respect to the goals of section 286kk of this title;
(8) a description of the status of procedures in the multilateral development banks specifically designed to increase the productive role of the poor in the economies of the nations which are borrowers from such banks;
(9) in consultation with the Secretary of State, a report on the progress toward achieving the goals of title VII (other than section 262e of this title), including the information required to be reported pursuant to section 262d(c) of this title, and, for the fiscal year 1990, the report described in section 262p–4h of this title;
(10) in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, an assessment of the progress being made to implement the objectives of title XIII; and
(11) a report on—
(A) the progress made in transforming government-owned enterprises into privately owned enterprises as described in section 262p–4g(b) of this title;
(B) the performance of the privately owned enterprises resulting from such transformation; and
(C) the contributions of development finance companies toward strengthening the private sector in member borrowing countries.
As used in this title, title XVIII, and title XIX:
The term “Chairman” means the Chairman of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies.
The term “international financial institutions” means the International Monetary Fund, International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, International Development Association, International Finance Corporation, Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, African Development Bank, African Development Fund, Asian Development Bank, Inter-American Development Bank 1 Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,,2 and Inter-American Investment Corporation.
The term “multilateral development institutions” means the international financial institutions other than the International Monetary Fund.
The term “multilateral development banks” means the multilateral development institutions other than the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency.
Upon request of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Chairman shall testify before the Committee to support and explain each annual report required by subsection (a) of this section. If the President has delegated to a person or persons other than the Chairman the authority to manage United States participation in the international financial institutions which was vested in the President by section 1(b) of the Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965, such person or persons shall, upon request of the Committee, accompany the Chairman and testify before the Committee with regard to such report. The Chairman and such other person or persons shall assess, in their testimony, the effectiveness of the international financial institutions, the major issues affecting United States participation, the major developments in the past year, the prospects for the coming year, United States policy goals with respect to the international financial institutions, and any specific issues addressed to them by any member of the Committee.
The Secretary of the Treasury should establish an International Monetary Fund Advisory Committee (in this subsection referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
The Advisory Committee should consist of members appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury, after appropriate consultations with the relevant organizations. Such members should include representatives from industry, representatives from agriculture, representatives from organized labor, representatives from banking and financial services, and representatives from nongovernmental environmental and human rights organizations.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1701, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2514; amended Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(10)(A), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §710(a)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–181; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §610(b)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228.)
Section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Act of 1986, referred to in subsec. (b)(6), means section 2018(c) of Pub. L. 99–570, known as the International Narcotics Control Act of 1986, which is set out as a note under section 2291 of this title.
This title and titles VII, XIII, XVIII, and XIX, referred to in subsecs. (b)(9), (10) and (c), are titles XVII, VII, XIII, XVIII, and XIX, respectively, of Pub. L. 95–118. Title VII enacted sections 262d and 262e of this title, repealed sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 262c of this title. Title XIII is classified to sections 262m to 262m–7 of this title. Title XVII is classified to sections 262r to 262r–5 of this title. Title XVIII is classified to sections 262s to 262s–2 of this title. Title XIX is classified to section 262t of this title. For complete classification of these titles to the Code, see Tables.
Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965, referred to in subsec. (d), is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1998—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–277 added subsec. (e).
1996—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,” after “Inter-American Development Bank”.
1990—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “European Bank for Reconstruction and Development,” before “International Development Association,”.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title V, §583], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–202, provided that:
“(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each annual report required by subsection 1701(a) of the International Financial Institutions Act, as amended (Public Law 95–118, 22 U.S.C. 262r), shall comprise—
“(1) an assessment of the effectiveness of the major policies and operations of the international financial institutions;
“(2) the major issues affecting United States participation;
“(3) the major developments in the past year;
“(4) the prospects for the coming year;
“(5) the progress made and steps taken to achieve United States policy goals (including major policy goals embodied in current law) with respect to the international financial institutions; and
“(6) such data and explanations concerning the effectiveness, operations, and policies of the international financial institutions, such recommendations concerning the international financial institutions, and such other data and material as the Chairman may deem appropriate.
“(b) The requirements of Sections 1602(e), 1603(c), 1604(c), and 1701(b) of the International Financial Institutions Act, as amended (Public Law 95–118, 22 U.S.C. 262p–1, 262p–2, 262p–3 and 262(r) [262r]), Section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Control Act of 1986, as amended (Public Law 99–570, 22 U.S.C. 2291 note), Section 407(c) of the Foreign Debt Reserving Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240, 22 U.S.C. 2291 note), Section 14(c) of the Inter-American Development Bank Act, as amended (Public Law 86–147, 22 U.S.C. 283j–1(c)), and Section 1002 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992 (Public Law 102–511) (22 U.S.C. 286ll(b)) shall no longer apply to the contents of such annual reports.”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §603], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–220, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(A) 3 members appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
“(B) 3 members appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate.
“(C) 5 members appointed jointly by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives and the Minority Leader of the Senate.
“(2)
“(3)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) the effect of globalization, increased trade, capital flows, and other relevant factors on such institutions;
“(2) the adequacy, efficacy, and desirability of current policies and programs at such institutions as well as their suitability for respective beneficiaries of such institutions;
“(3) cooperation or duplication of functions and responsibilities of such institutions; and
“(4) other matters the Commission deems necessary to make recommendations pursuant to subsection (g).
“(f)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(g)
“(1) Changes to policy goals set forth in the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [22 U.S.C. 286 et seq.] and the International Financial Institutions Act [see Short Title of 1977 Amendment note set out under section 261 of this title].
“(2) Changes to the charters, organizational structures, policies and programs of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 1701(c)(2) of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2)]).
“(3) Additional monitoring tools, global standards, or regulations for, among other things, global capital flows, bankruptcy standards, accounting standards, payment systems, and safety and soundness principles for financial institutions.
“(4) Possible mergers or abolition of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 1701(c)(2) of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2)]), including changes to the manner in which such institutions coordinate their policy and program implementation and their roles and responsibilities.
“(5) Any additional changes necessary to stabilize currencies, promote continued trade liberalization and to avoid future financial crises.
“(h)
“(i)
“(1) Within three months after receiving the report of the Commission under subsection (g), the President of the United States through the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the appropriate committees on the desirability and feasibility of implementing the recommendations contained in the report.
“(2) Annually, for three years after the termination of the Commission, the President of the United States through the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the appropriate committees a report on the steps taken, if any, through relevant international institutions and international fora to implement such recommendations as are deemed feasible and desirable under paragraph (1).”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §606], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–223, provided that: “Not later than July 15, 1999, and July 15, 2000, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the Chairmen and Ranking Members of the appropriate committees on the progress of efforts to reform the architecture of the international monetary system. The reports shall include a discussion of the substance of the United States position in consultations with other governments and the degree of progress in achieving international acceptance and implementation of such position with respect to the following issues:
“(1) Adapting the mission and capabilities of the International Monetary Fund to take better account of the increased importance of cross-border capital flows in the world economy and improving the coordination of its responsibilities and activities with those of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
“(2) Advancing measures to prevent, and improve the management of, international financial crises, including by—
“(A) integrating aspects of national bankruptcy principles into the management of international financial crises where feasible; and
“(B) changing investor expectations about official rescues, thereby reducing moral hazard and systemic risk in international financial markets,
in order to help minimize the adjustment costs that the resolution of financial crises may impose on the real economy, in the form of disrupted patterns of trade, employment, and progress in living standards, and reduce the frequency and magnitude of claims on United States taxpayer resources.
“(3) Improving international economic policy cooperation, including among the Group of Seven countries, to take better account of the importance of cross-border capital flows in the determination of exchange rate relationships.
“(4) Improving international cooperation in the supervision and regulation of financial institutions and markets.
“(5) Strengthening the financial sector in emerging economies, including by improving the coordination of financial sector liberalization with the establishment of strong public and private institutions in the areas of prudential supervision, accounting and disclosure conventions, bankruptcy laws and administrative procedures, and the collection and dissemination of economic and financial statistics, including the maturity structure of foreign indebtedness.
“(6) Advocating that implementation of European Economic and Monetary Union and the advent of the European Currency Unit, or euro, proceed in a manner that is consistent with strong global economic growth and stability in world financial markets.”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §607], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224, as amended by Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(a), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 291, provided that: “For purposes of sections 601 through 606 of this title [see Tables for classification], the term ‘appropriate committees’ means the Committees on Appropriations, Foreign Relations, Finance, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committees on Appropriations, Ways and Means, and Banking and Financial Services [now Committee on Financial Services] of the House of Representatives.”
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall transmit to the Congress, on a monthly basis, current copies of the Monthly Operating Summary of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, showing the loan proposals or appraisal reports under consideration and the status of those loan proposals or appraisal reports within the Bank. The Secretary of the Treasury shall also transmit to the Congress, at such times as may be appropriate, comparable documents prepared by the other multilateral development banks which show the loans or credits under consideration in the other multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1702, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Not later than April 1 and October 1 of each year, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, as a combined report, the reports required by section 262m–2(c) of this title and by section 262l–1(h)(2) of this title.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1703, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and other appropriate Federal agencies, shall prepare reports on the implementation of financial stabilization programs (and any material terms and conditions thereof) led by the International Monetary Fund in countries in connection with which the United States has made a commitment to provide, or has provided financing from the stabilization fund established under section 5302 of title 31. The reports shall include the following:
(1) A description of the condition of the economies of countries requiring the financial stabilization programs, including the monetary, fiscal, and exchange rate policies of the countries.
(2) A description of the degree to which the countries requiring the financial stabilization programs have fully implemented financial sector restructuring and reform measures required by the International Monetary Fund, including—
(A) ensuring full respect for the commercial orientation of commercial bank lending;
(B) ensuring that governments will not intervene in bank management and lending decisions (except in regard to prudential supervision);
(C) the enactment and implementation of appropriate financial reform legislation;
(D) strengthening the domestic financial system and improving transparency and supervision; and
(E) the opening of domestic capital markets.
(3) A description of the degree to which the countries requiring the financial stabilization programs have fully implemented reforms required by the International Monetary Fund that are directed at corporate governance and corporate structure, including—
(A) making nontransparent conglomerate practices more transparent through the application of internationally accepted accounting practices, independent external audits, full disclosure, and provision of consolidated statements; and
(B) ensuring that no government subsidized support or tax privileges will be provided to bail out individual corporations, particularly in the semiconductor, steel, and paper industries.
(4) A description of the implementation of reform measures required by the International Monetary Fund to deregulate and privatize economic activity by ending domestic monopolies, undertaking trade liberalization, and opening up restricted areas of the economy to foreign investment and competition.
(5) A detailed description of the trade policies of the countries, including any unfair trade practices or adverse effects of the trade policies on the United States.
(6) A description of the extent to which the financial stabilization programs have resulted in appropriate burden-sharing among private sector creditors, including rescheduling of outstanding loans by lengthening maturities, agreements on debt reduction, and the extension of new credit.
(7) A description of the extent to which the economic adjustment policies of the International Monetary Fund and the policies of the government of the country adequately balance the need for financial stabilization, economic growth, environmental protection, social stability, and equity for all elements of the society.
(8) Whether International Monetary Fund involvement in labor market flexibility measures has had a negative effect on core worker rights, particularly the rights of free association and collective bargaining.
(9) A description of any pattern of abuses of core worker rights in recipient countries.
(10) The amount, rate of interest, and disbursement and repayment schedules of any funds disbursed from the stabilization fund established under section 5302 of title 31, in the form of loans, credits, guarantees, or swaps, in support of the financial stabilization programs.
(11) The amount, rate of interest, and disbursement and repayment schedules of any funds disbursed by the International Monetary Fund to the countries in support of the financial stabilization programs.
Not later than March 15, 1999, and semiannually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services, Ways and Means, and International Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance, Foreign Relations, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report on the matters described in subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1704, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §612], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228; amended Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(b), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292.)
2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–200 amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Not later than March 15, 1999, and semiannually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and International Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Foreign Relations, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report on the matters described in subsection (a) of this section.”
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Not later than October 1 of each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance and on Foreign Relations of the Senate a written report on (1) the progress (if any) made by the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund in influencing the International Monetary Fund to adopt the policies and reform its internal procedures in the manner described in section 262o–2 of this title, and (2) the progress made by the International Monetary Fund in adopting and implementing the policies described in section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001.
After submitting the report required by subsection (a) of this section but not later than March 1 of each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall appear before the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and present testimony on—
(1) any progress made in reforming the International Monetary Fund;
(2) the status of efforts to reform the international financial system;
(3) the compliance of countries which have received assistance from the International Monetary Fund with agreements made as a condition of receiving the assistance; and
(4) the status of implementation of international anti-money laundering and counterterrorist financing standards by the International Monetary Fund, the multilateral development banks, and other multilateral financial policymaking bodies.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1705, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §613], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–230; amended Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(c), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292; Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §803(c)], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–67; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7703(b), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3860.)
Section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is section 801(c)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–65, which is not classified to the Code.
2004—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (4).
2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–429 inserted “(1)” after “a written report on” and inserted before period at end “, and (2) the progress made by the International Monetary Fund in adopting and implementing the policies described in section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001”.
Pub. L. 106–200 substituted “Committees on Banking and Financial Services and on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance and on Foreign Relations of the Senate” for “Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate”.
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Section, Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1706, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §614], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–230; amended Pub. L. 106–31, title V, §5003, May 21, 1999, 113 Stat. 110; Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(d), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292, related to audits of International Monetary Fund.
Beginning 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [November 6, 2000], or October 31, 2000, whichever is later, and on October 31 of each year thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on—
(1) the actions taken by recipient countries, as a result of the assistance allocated to them by the multilateral development banks under programs referred to in section 802(b),1 to strengthen governance and reduce the opportunity for bribery and corruption; and
(2) how International Development Association-financed projects contribute to the eventual graduation of a representative sample of countries from reliance on financing on concessionary terms and international development assistance.
Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [November 6, 2000], the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the history of debt relief programs led by, or coordinated with, international financial institutions, including but not limited to—
(1) the extent to which poor countries and the poorest-of-the-poor benefit from debt relief, including measurable evidence of any such benefits; and
(2) the extent to which debt relief contributes to the graduation of a country from reliance on financing on concessionary terms and international development assistance.
(Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §803], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–66; Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §599B(c), Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 211.)
Section 802(b), referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is section 101(a), [title VIII, §802(b)] of Pub. L. 106–429, Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–66, which is not classified to the Code.
Section is comprised of section 101(a) [title VIII, §803] of Pub. L. 106–429. Section 101(a) [title VIII, §803(c)] of Pub. L. 106–429 amended section 262r–4 of this title.
2004—Pub. L. 108–199 repealed heading and text of subsec. (a). Text read as follows: “Beginning 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, or October 31, 2000, whichever is later, and on October 31 of each year thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the sufficiency of audits of the financial operations of each multilateral development bank conducted by persons or entities outside such bank.”
Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §806], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–68, provided that: “In this title [enacting this section and section 286oo of this title and amending sections 262r–4, 286nn, and 2169 of this title]:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(6)
1 See References in Text note below.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to attach a high priority to promoting opportunities for exports for goods and services from the United States and, in carrying out this function, to investigate thoroughly any complaints from United States bidders about the awarding of procurement contracts by the multilateral development banks to ensure that all contract procedures and rules of the banks are observed and that United States firms are treated fairly.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall designate, within the Office of International Affairs in the Department of the Treasury, an officer of multilateral development bank procurement.
The officer shall act as the liaison between the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Commerce, and the United States Executive Directors’ offices in the multilateral development banks, in carrying out this section. The officer shall cooperate with the Department of Commerce in efforts to improve opportunities for multilateral development bank procurement by United States companies.
As used in this section, the term “multilateral development bank” includes the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the InterAmerican Investment Corporation, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1801, formerly Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3202, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1382; renumbered §1801 of Pub. L. 95–118, Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Section was formerly classified to section 262q of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 101–240.
Section 3201 of Pub. L. 100–418 provided that: “This subtitle [subtitle C (§§3201, 3202) of title III of Pub. L. 100–418, enacting former section 262q of this title] may be cited as the ‘Multilateral Development Banks Procurement Act of 1988’.”
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Two subsecs. (b) have been enacted.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development institutions to take all possible steps to ensure that information relating to potential procurement opportunities for United States firms is expeditiously communicated to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of State, and the Secretary of Commerce, and is disseminated as widely as possible to large and small businesses.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1802, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of Commerce, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall appoint a procurement officer, who is a representative of the International Trade Administration or a Commercial Service Officer of the United States and Foreign Commercial Service, to serve, on a full-time or part-time basis, with each of the Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks in which the United States participates.
Each procurement officer appointed under subsection (a) of this section shall assist the United States Executive Director with respect to whom such officer is appointed in promoting opportunities for exports of goods and services from the United States by doing the following:
(1) Acting as the liaison between the business community and the multilateral development bank involved, whether or not the bank has offices in the United States. The Secretary of Commerce shall ensure that the procurement officer has access to, and disseminates to United States businesses, information relating to projects which are being proposed by the multilateral development bank, and bid specifications and deadlines for projects about to be developed by the bank. The procurement officer shall make special efforts to disseminate such information to small and medium-sized businesses interested in participating in such projects. The procurement officer shall explore opportunities for disseminating such information through private sector, nonprofit organizations.
(2) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses are fully informed of bidding opportunities for projects for which loans have been made by the multilateral development bank involved.
(3) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses can focus on projects in which they have a particular interest or competitive advantage, and to permit them to compete and have an equal opportunity in submitting timely and conforming bidding documents.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1803, formerly Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2302, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1341; renumbered §1803 of Pub. L. 95–118, and amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Section was formerly classified to section 4722 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 101–240.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (c) which defined “multilateral development bank” for purposes of this section.
Pub. L. 102–549, title V, §501, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3663, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) Acting as the liaison between the business community and one or more multilateral development banks, whether or not the banks have offices in the United States. The Secretary of Commerce shall ensure that the procurement officer has access to, and disseminates to United States businesses, information relating to projects which are being proposed by the multilateral development bank involved, and bid specifications and deadlines for projects about to be developed by the bank. The procurement officer shall make special efforts to disseminate such information to small- and medium-sized businesses interested in participating in such projects. The procurement officer shall explore opportunities for disseminating such information through private sector, nonprofit organizations.
“(2) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses are fully informed of bidding opportunities for projects for which loans have been made by the multilateral development bank involved.
“(3) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses can focus on projects in which they have a particular interest or competitive advantage, and to permit them to compete and have an equal opportunity in submitting timely and conforming bidding documents.
“(b)
“(c)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
It shall be the policy of the United States that no initiatives, discussions, or recommendations concerning the placement or removal of any personnel employed by the international financial institutions shall be based on the political philosophy or activity of the individual under consideration.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Chairman and the ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate before any discussion or recommendations by any official of the United States Government concerning the placement or removal of any principal officer of any international financial institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIX, §1901, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The United States shall continue as an adhering member of the International Prison Commission and participate in the work of said commission.
The Secretary of the Treasury be, and he is hereby, authorized annually to pay the pro rata share of the United States in the administration expenses of the International Prison Commission and the necessary expenses of a commissioner to represent the United States on said commission at its annual meetings, together with necessary clerical and other expenses, out of any money which shall be appropriated for such purposes from time to time by Congress.
(Feb. 28, 1913, ch. 86, 37 Stat. 692.)
The Attorney General is authorized to accept and maintain, on behalf of the United States, membership in the International Criminal Police Organization, and to designate any departments and agencies which may participate in the United States representation with that organization. All dues and expenses to be paid for the membership of the United States shall be paid out of sums authorized and appropriated for the Department of Justice.
(June 10, 1938, ch. 335, 52 Stat. 640; Pub. L. 85–768, Aug. 27, 1958, 72 Stat. 921; Pub. L. 90–159, Nov. 28, 1967, 81 Stat. 517; Pub. L. 92–380, §1, Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 531; Pub. L. 93–468, §1, Oct. 24, 1974, 88 Stat. 1422; Pub. L. 95–624, §21(a), Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3466.)
1978—Pub. L. 95–624 substituted provision authorizing payment of all dues and expenses for membership of the United States out of sums authorized and appropriated for Department of Justice for provisions authorizing each participating department and agency to pay its pro rata share of expenses of such membership and forbidding total dues paid for such membership to exceed $120,000 per annum.
1974—Pub. L. 93–468 substituted “$120,000” for “$80,000”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–380 substituted “$80,000” for “$28,500”.
1967—Pub. L. 90–159 substituted “$28,500” for “$25,000”.
1958—Pub. L. 85–768 authorized the Attorney General to designate departments and agencies which may participate, on a pro rata share basis, in the United States representation with the International Criminal Police Organization, and increased from $1,500 to $25,000 per annum the amount of expenses which may be incurred by reason of United States membership.
Section 264, act Aug. 18, 1894, ch. 301, 28 Stat. 418, which related to Pan American Union, was superseded by Convention of 1928, ratified by the United States and providing that the government of Pan American Union should be vested in a governing board.
Section 265, act Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1102, which was from an appropriation act, related to disposition of receipts of Pan American Union, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
The sum of $3,000 a year is authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the support and maintenance of the permanent international commission of the congresses of navigation and for the payment of the actual expenses of the properly accredited national delegates of the United States to the meetings of the congresses and of the commission; and the Secretary of the Army is authorized to draw his warrant each year upon the Secretary of the Treasury for such sum, not to exceed $3,000, as may in his opinion be proper to apply to the purposes above mentioned, and the said sum shall be disbursed under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Army.
The national delegates aforesaid from the United States shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for their actual expenses incurred while traveling to and from the meetings, and while in attendance thereon, from the funds appropriated in this section and authorized to be expended.
(June 28, 1902, ch. 1306, 32 Stat. 485; June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §2, 48 Stat. 1225; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
Section 2 of act June 26, 1934, ch. 756, 48 Stat. 1225, which was classified to section 725a of former Title 31, Money and Finance, repealed the permanent appropriation under the title “Permanent International Commission of Congress of Navigation (fiscal year) (8–887)” effective July 1, 1935, and provided that such portions of any Acts as make permanent appropriations to be expended under such account are amended so as to authorize, in lieu thereof, annual appropriations from the general fund of the Treasury in identical terms and in such amounts as now provided by the laws providing such permanent appropriations.
Section, act Feb. 14, 1931, ch. 189, 46 Stat. 1162, as amended, which related to appropriations for expenses of participation in the International Technical Committee of Aerial Legal Experts, was transferred to section 231 of former Title 49, Transportation, and subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 103–272, §7(b), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1379, the first section of which enacted subtitles II, III, and V to X of Title 49, Transportation.
Section, Joint Res. Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 455, §2, 49 Stat. 540, related to termination of Authorizations for Participation in Work of Committee of International Technical Aerial Legal Experts.
The duly appointed representative of the United States on the permanent commission of the International Geodetic Association is granted authority to vote with the representatives on the permanent commission from other nations on all matters coming before the association, including the extension of its existence, subject to the approval of Congress.
(Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 161, 39 Stat. 1055.)
The President is authorized to appoint delegates, who shall be officers of the National Ocean Survey, to attend the meetings of the International Geodetic Association whenever and wheresoever the same shall be held; but no extra salary or additional compensation shall be paid to such officers by reason of such attendance.
(July 23, 1894, No. 37, 28 Stat. 587.)
Coast and Geodetic Survey consolidated with National Weather Bureau in 1965 to form Environmental Science Services Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318. Environmental Science Services Administration abolished in 1970 and its personnel, property, records, etc., transferred to National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1970, eff. Oct. 3, 1970, 35 F.R. 15627, 84 Stat. 2090. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 35 F.R. 19249, Dec. 19, 1970, Coast and Geodetic Survey redesignated National Ocean Survey. See notes set out under section 311 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
The President of the United States is requested to invite the Government of Great Britain to join in the formation of an international commission, to be composed of three members from the United States and three who shall represent the interests of the Dominion of Canada, whose duty it shall be to investigate and report upon the conditions and uses of the waters adjacent to the boundary lines between the United States and Canada, including all of the waters of the lakes and rivers whose natural outlet is by the River Saint Lawrence to the Atlantic Ocean; also upon the maintenance and regulation of suitable levels; and also upon the effect upon the shores of these waters and the structures thereon, and upon the interests of navigation, by reason of the diversion of these waters from or change in their natural flow; and, further, to report upon the necessary measures to regulate such diversion, and to make such recommendations for improvements and regulations as shall best subserve the interests of navigation in said waters. The said commissioners shall report upon the advisability of locating a dam at the outlet of Lake Erie, with a view to determining whether such dam will benefit navigation, and if such structure is deemed advisable, shall make recommendations to their respective Governments looking to an agreement or treaty which shall provide for the construction of the same, and they shall make an estimate of the probable cost thereof. The President, in selecting the three members of said Commission who shall represent the United States, is authorized to appoint one officer of the Corps of Engineers of the United States Army, one civil engineer well versed in the hydraulics of the Great Lakes, and one lawyer of experience in questions of international and riparian law, and said Commission shall be authorized to employ such persons as it may deem needful in the performance of the duties hereby imposed.
(June 13, 1902, ch. 1079, §4, 32 Stat. 373.)
Provisions of this section relating to the payment of salaries and expenses of the International Joint Commission were omitted. For provisions relating to the payment of salaries of the United States members of the International Joint Commission, see section 268 of this title.
The International Joint Commission was organized in 1911 pursuant to article VII of the treaty of January 11, 1909, with Great Britain, 36 Stat. 2448.
Jurisdiction, powers, or prerogatives of the International Joint Commission, United States and Canada, unaffected by Water Resources Planning Act, see section 1962–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Joint Res. Jan. 31, 1956, ch. 27, 70 Stat. 9, provided for the Secretary of State to request the International Joint Commission created by the treaty between the United States and Great Britain relating to boundary waters between the United States and Canada to arrange for a final survey to be made to determine the cost of construction and economic feasibility of the proposed Passamaquoddy tidal power project at Passamaquoddy Bay, authorized United States agencies to assist the Commission, authorized appropriations, and required the Secretary of State to report the results of the survey to Congress.
The salaries of the members on the part of the United States, of the International Joint Commission, established under the treaty of January 11, 1909, between the United States and Great Britain, relating to boundary waters between the United States and Canada, shall be fixed by the President. Said commission or any member thereof shall have power to administer oaths and to take evidence on oath whenever deemed necessary in any proceeding or inquiry or matter within its jurisdiction under said treaty, and said commission shall be authorized to compel the attendance of witnesses in any proceedings before it or the production of books and papers when necessary by application to the district court of the United States for the district within which such session is held, which court is hereby empowered and directed to make all orders and issue all processes necessary and appropriate for that purpose.
(Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 285, 36 Stat. 1364.)
Section, act May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 191, related to compensation and travel expenses of the International Joint Commission.
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 895.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 256.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 270.
May 15, 1936, ch. 405, 49 Stat. 1319.
Mar. 22, 1935, ch. 39, 49 Stat. 75.
Advances of money under the appropriation “Boundary line, Alaska and Canada, and the United States and Canada”, may be made to the commissioner on the part of the United States and by his authority to chiefs of parties prior to March 2, 1921.
(Apr. 15, 1918, ch. 52, 40 Stat. 523; Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1210; June 10, 1921, ch. 18, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 24; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 336; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1185; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 70; Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1101; Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 179; Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 643; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §231(aa), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 212; Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §111(a), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3833.)
Section is from the Diplomatic and Consular Service Appropriation Act of Mar. 2, 1921. Similar provisions were contained in act Apr. 15, 1918, and other prior acts.
Acts Apr. 29, 1926; Feb. 24, 1927; Feb. 15, 1928; Jan. 25, 1929; and Apr. 18, 1930, were appropriation acts for the fiscal years 1927, 1928, 1929, 1930, and 1931, respectively. These Acts made applicable boundary appropriations for the enumerated fiscal years.
Section was formerly classified to section 535 of Title 31 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 31, Money and Finance, by Pub. L. 97–258, §1, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.
1996—Pub. L. 104–316 substituted “chiefs of parties” for “chiefs of parties and accounts arising under advances shall be rendered through and by the commissioner on the part of the United States to the General Accounting Office as under advances made to chiefs of parties”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions that required chiefs of parties to give bonds.
1966—Pub. L. 89–554 struck out provisions that related to traveling expenses of the commissioner.
“General Accounting Office” substituted in text for “Treasury Department” pursuant to act June 10, 1921, which transferred powers and duties conferred upon Comptroller, six auditors, and certain other officers of the Treasury to General Accounting Office. See section 701 et seq. of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Funds appropriated on and after September 30, 1996, or otherwise made available under this Act or any other Act may be expended for compensation of the United States Commissioner of the International Boundary Commission, United States and Canada, only for actual hours worked by such Commissioner.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV, §403], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–54.)
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, §503, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1764.
Pub. L. 103–121, title V, §503, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1189.
The President is authorized to maintain membership of the United States in the Permanent International Association of Road Congresses.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §164(b), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
A prior section 269, act June 18, 1926, ch. 623, 44 Stat. 754, authorized appropriations of $3,000 per annum to enable United States to accept membership in Permanent Association of International Road Congresses, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §164(a), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, an annual sum of $50 as a contribution on the part of the United States toward the expenses incurred by the Central Bureau of the International Map of the World on the Millionth Scale.
(June 27, 1930, ch. 652, 46 Stat. 825.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in the following acts:
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title I, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3316, 3317.
Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title I, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 835, 836.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title I, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2280, 2281.
Pub. L. 109–108, title IV, Nov. 22, 2005, 119 Stat. 2322, 2323.
Pub. L. 108–447, div. B, title IV, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2898, 2899.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. B, title IV, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 82, 83.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. B, title IV, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 88, 89.
Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 786, 787.
Pub. L. 106–553, §1(a)(2) [title IV], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2762, 2762A–92, 2762A–94.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(1) [title IV], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–41, 1501A–42.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(b) [title IV], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–50, 2681–95, 2681–97.
Pub. L. 105–119, title IV, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2497, 2499.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–49, 3009–50.
Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101[(a)] [title IV], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321, 1321–39, 1321–40; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327.
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1762, 1763, as amended Pub. L. 103–335, title VIII, §8155(a), Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2658.
Pub. L. 103–121, title V, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1187.
Pub. L. 102–395, title V, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1866, 1867.
Pub. L. 102–140, title V, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 818.
Pub. L. 101–515, title III, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2126.
Pub. L. 101–162, title III, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1008.
Pub. L. 100–459, title III, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2205.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title III], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–20, 1329–21.
Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 394.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(b) [title III], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–39, 1783–58, 1783–59, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(b) [title III], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–39, 3341–58, 3341–59, as amended Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 394.
Pub. L. 99–180, title III, Dec. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 1150, 1151.
Pub. L. 98–411, title III, Aug. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 1565, 1566.
Pub. L. 98–166, title III, Nov. 28, 1983, 97 Stat. 1094.
Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(d), Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1877.
Pub. L. 97–276, §101(a), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1186.
Pub. L. 97–92, §101(h) [incorporating Pub. L. 96–536, §101(o); H.R. 7584, title I], Dec. 15, 1981, 95 Stat. 1190.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(o) [H.R. 7584, title I], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3169.
Pub. L. 96–369, §101(a), Oct. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 1351.
Pub. L. 96–68, title I, Sept. 24, 1979, 93 Stat. 417, 418.
Pub. L. 95–431, title I, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1022, 1023.
Pub. L. 95–86, title I, Aug. 2, 1977, 91 Stat. 420, 421.
Pub. L. 94–362, title I, July 14, 1976, 90 Stat. 938, 939.
Pub. L. 94–121, title I, Oct. 21, 1975, 89 Stat. 613, 614.
Pub. L. 93–433, title I, Oct. 5, 1974, 88 Stat. 1188, 1189.
Pub. L. 93–162, title I, Nov. 27, 1973, 87 Stat. 637, 638.
Pub. L. 92–544, title I, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1110, 1111.
Pub. L. 92–77, title I, Aug. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 247, 248.
Pub. L. 91–472, title I, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1041, 1042.
Pub. L. 91–153, title I, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 404, 405.
Pub. L. 90–470, title I, Aug. 9, 1968, 82 Stat. 669, 670.
Pub. L. 90–133, title I, Nov. 8, 1967, 81 Stat. 412, 413.
Pub. L. 89–797, title I, Nov. 8, 1966, 80 Stat. 1480, 1481.
Pub. L. 89–164, title I, Sept. 2, 1965, 79 Stat. 621, 622.
Pub. L. 88–527, title I, Aug. 31, 1964, 78 Stat. 712, 713.
Pub. L. 88–245, title I, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 777, 778.
Pub. L. 87–843, title I, Oct. 18, 1962, 76 Stat. 1081, 1082.
Pub. L. 87–264, title I, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 546, 547.
Pub. L. 86–678, title I, Aug. 31, 1960, 74 Stat. 557, 558.
Pub. L. 86–84, title I, July 13, 1959, 73 Stat. 183, 184.
Pub. L. 85–474, title I, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 246, 247.
Pub. L. 85–49, title I, June 11, 1957, 71 Stat. 56, 57.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 301.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, 69 Stat. 265, 266.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, 68 Stat. 414, 415.
Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368, 369.
July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550, 551.
Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title I, 65 Stat. 577, 578.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 610, 611.
July 20, 1949, ch. 354, title I, 63 Stat. 449–451.
June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, 62 Stat. 308–310.
July 9, 1947, ch. 211, title I, 61 Stat. 282–284.
July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 453, 454.
May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 175, 176.
June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 402, 403.
July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 277, 278.
July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 474, 475.
June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 271–273.
May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 187–189.
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 891–893.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 253–255.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 267, 268.
June 22, 1936, ch. 689, title III, 49 Stat. 1634.
May 15, 1936, ch. 405, title I, 49 Stat. 1315–1317.
Mar. 22, 1935, ch. 39, title I, 49 Stat. 73, 74.
Apr. 7, 1934, ch. 104, title I, 48 Stat. 534.
Mar. 1, 1933, ch. 144, title I, 47 Stat. 1376.
July 1, 1932, ch. 361, title I, 47 Stat. 480–486.
Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 280, title I, 46 Stat. 1314–1320.
June 27, 1930, ch. 652, 46 Stat. 825.
Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 179–185.
Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1100–1107.
Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 69–75.
Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1184–1191.
Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 335–340.
Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1019–1024.
May 28, 1924, ch. 204, title I, 43 Stat. 210–215.
Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 21, title I, 42 Stat. 1073–1077.
June 1, 1922, ch. 204, title I, 42 Stat. 605–609.
Section, acts May 3, 1928, ch. 489, 45 Stat. 487; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(a), 64 Stat. 902; July 27, 1956, ch. 750, 70 Stat. 696; Feb. 16, 1960, Pub. L. 86–384, 74 Stat. 3; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–365, 75 Stat. 784, which authorized appropriations for the Department of State for the fiscal years 1963 and 1964, not in excess of $50,000 per fiscal year, to meet the obligations of the United States as a member of the Inter-American Children's Institute, has been omitted because the authorization has not been extended for later than the 1963 and 1964 fiscal years.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any sums in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, sums not exceeding $2,500 per annum to enable the United States to maintain membership in the International Statistical Bureau at The Hague, such sums to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of State.
(Apr. 28, 1924, ch. 136, 43 Stat. 112.)
To enable the United States to become an adhering member of the Inter American Statistical Institute, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be required for expenditure under the direction of the Secretary of State, for the payment of the share of the United States toward the support of the Institute: Provided, That (1) the membership dues of the United States payable for any fiscal year shall not be paid unless, during the preceding fiscal year, at least eight other American nations shall have been in good standing as adhering members, and unless at least eight of such other adhering members for the last preceding year for which such members were respectively obligated to pay dues shall have paid dues which aggregated at least $10,000, and (2) the total cost to the United States for any fiscal year, for adhering membership, shall not exceed $35,000.
(Jan. 27, 1942, ch. 22, 56 Stat. 20; July 2, 1945, ch. 218, 59 Stat. 311.)
1945—Act July 2, 1945, substituted the single proviso for two provisos.
Section, acts July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 551; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368; July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, 68 Stat. 415; July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, 69 Stat. 266; June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 301, related to availability of funds for United States participation in the International Civil Aviation Organization, and was from annual Department of State Appropriation Acts. Similar provisions which are permanent are classified to section 2673 of this title.
Funds appropriated to the Secretary of State for “International Organizations and Conferences” shall be available for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property for any year after 1981 as determined under article 16(4) of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, as revised, except that in no event shall the payment for any year exceed 6 per centum of all expenses of the Bureau apportioned among countries for that year.
(Pub. L. 86–614, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 88–69, July 19, 1963, 77 Stat. 82; Pub. L. 92–511, Oct. 20, 1972, 86 Stat. 918; Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §112, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019.)
1983—Pub. L. 98–164 substituted provisions making appropriations available for the payment of expenses of the International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property for any year after 1981, for provisions authorizing appropriations for contributions for the support of the International Bureau of Intellectual Property for the period from July 1, 1950, through June 30, 1959, and for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Bureau.
1972—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–511, §1(1), substituted “International Bureau of Intellectual Property” for “International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–511, §1(2), substituted provisions authorizing appropriation of sums as determined under article 16(4) of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property up to a maximum of 4.5 percent of the total expenses apportioned among member countries, for provisions authorizing appropriation of sums for payment by the United States of its proportionate share not exceeding $15,000 annually.
1963—Pub. L. 88–69 increased the limitation on the annual appropriation authorization from $7,250 to $15,000.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the Government of the United States in (1) the Hague Conference on Private International Law and (2) the International (Rome) Institute for the Unification of Private Law, and to appoint the United States delegates and their alternates to meetings of the two organizations, and the committees and organs thereof.
(Pub. L. 88–244, §1, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 775.)
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the Hague Conference on Private International Law and of the International (Rome) Institute for the Unification of Private Law.
(Pub. L. 88–244, §2, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 775; Pub. L. 92–497, Oct. 17, 1972, 86 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §114, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 struck out provision that no payment of the United States for any year exceed 7 per centum of all expenses apportioned among members for that year.
1972—Pub. L. 92–497 substituted provisions authorizing to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the payment of the United States of its proportionate share, except that no payment of the United States for any year shall exceed 7 per centum of all expenses apportioned among members for that year, for provisions authorizing to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary, not to exceed $25,000 annually, for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State such sums as may be necessary, including contributions pursuant to the convention of July 5, 1890, as amended, for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the International Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs and of the Bureau established to carry out the functions of the Union, but not to exceed 6 per centum of such expenses per annum.
(Pub. L. 90–569, Oct. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 1003.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Sections 270 to 270c, act July 3, 1930, ch. 851, §§1–4, 46 Stat. 1005, 1006, related to international tribunals, the administration of oaths, perjury, testimony of witnesses, production of documentary evidence, subpoena power, contempt and its punishment, the authority of commissioners to take evidence, and to procedure. See section 1782 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Sections 270d to 270g, act July 3, 1930, ch. 851, §§5–8, as added June 7, 1933, ch. 50, 48 Stat. 117, 118, related to international tribunals, issuance of subpoenas upon application of United States’ agent to United States district court, proceedings thereon, notice to foreign governments, forwarding of certified transcripts of testimony to agents of United States and any opposing government, perjury and contempt and the penalties therefor, and declared the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia to be a district court of the United States. See section 1782 of Title 28.
The President is authorized to accept membership for the Government of the United States of America in the International Labor Organization, which, through its general conference of representatives of its members and through its International Labor Office, collects information concerning labor throughout the world and prepares international conventions for the consideration of member governments with a view to improving conditions of labor.
(June 19, 1934, ch. 676, §1, 48 Stat. 1182.)
Section 1 of act June 30, 1948, ch. 756, 62 Stat. 1151, provided: “That the President is hereby authorized to accept for the Government of the United States of America the Constitution of the International Labor Organization Instrument of Amendment adopted by the Twenty-ninth Session of the International Labor Conference on October 9, 1946.”
Pub. L. 88–65, July 17, 1963, 77 Stat. 80, provided: “That the President is hereby authorized to accept on behalf of the United States of America the instrument for the amendment of the constitution of the International Labor Organization adopted at Geneva on June 22, 1962, by the International Labor Conference at its forty-sixth session.”
The reasons for acceptance of the Constitution of the Organization by the United States is set forth in the preliminary clauses of act June 30, 1948, ch. 756, 62 Stat. 1151, which provided that:
“Whereas the Senate and House of Representatives by Public Resolution Numbered 43 of the Seventy-third Congress authorized the President to accept membership for the Government of the United States of America in the International Labor Organization and the President, pursuant thereto, accepted such membership on August 20, 1934; and
“Whereas such membership in the International Labor Organization has proved of benefit to the people of the United States; and
“Whereas the International Labor Organization provides a unique international forum in which representatives of employers and workers join together with those of governments in formulating conventions and recommendations which serve as international minimum standards for labor and social legislation and administration within member countries; and
“Whereas extensive revision of the constitution has been undertaken to enable the Organization to meet changed conditions, to strengthen the application of conventions and recommendations, with careful provision to meet the constitutional rules and practices of Federal States, and to operate as a specialized agency in relationship with the United Nations; and
“Whereas the Constitution of the International Labor Organization Instrument of Amendment of 1946 was adopted unanimously on October 9, 1946, with the entire delegation of the United States to the Twenty-ninth Session of the International Labor Conference supporting this Instrument of Amendment.”
Ex. Ord. No. 12216, June 18, 1980, 45 F.R. 41619, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13135, Aug. 27, 1999, 64 F.R. 47339; Ex. Ord. No. 13385, §7, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57991, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, and in order to create in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) an advisory committee on United States participation in the International Labor Organization, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1–101. There is established the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization (ILO). The members will be the Secretaries of Labor, State, and Commerce, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, and one representative each from organized labor and the business community, to be designated by the Secretary of Labor.
1–102. The Chairman of the Committee shall be the Secretary of Labor. The Committee shall meet at the request of the Chairman.
1–201. The Committee shall monitor and assess the work of the ILO.
1–202. The Committee shall make recommendations to the President or other officers of the Federal government, including the Secretary of Labor. With due recognition that in the ILO tripartite system, government, employer, and employee representatives retain the right to take positions independent of one another, the Committee shall exert its best efforts to develop a coordinated position as to United States policy on ILO issues.
1–203. The Committee shall also perform other functions relevant to relations with the ILO as requested by the President or the Committee Chairman.
1–301. Each member of the Committee who is not otherwise employed full-time by the Federal government may receive, to the extent permitted by law, compensation for each day he is engaged in the work of the Committee at a rate not to exceed the maximum daily rate now or hereafter prescribed by law, and may also receive transportation and travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law (5 U.S.C. 5702 and 5703).
1–302. The Chairman of the Committee is authorized to establish such additional advisory committees as may be deemed appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Order.
1–303. All necessary administrative staff services, support, facilities and expenses of the Committee shall be furnished by the Department of Labor to the extent permitted by law.
1–401. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Executive order, the functions of the President applicable to the Committee under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), except that of reporting annually to the Congress, are hereby delegated to the Secretary of Labor, who shall perform them in accordance with guidelines and procedures established by the Administrator of General Services.
1–402. The Committee shall terminate on December 31, 1980, unless this date is extended by further Executive order.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Dec. 31, 1982, by Ex. Ord. No. 12258, Dec. 31, 1980, 46 F.R. 1251, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1984, by Ex. Ord. No. 12399, Dec. 31, 1982, 48 F.R. 379, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1985, by Ex. Ord. No. 12489, Sept. 28, 1984, 49 F.R. 38927, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1987, by Ex. Ord. No. 12534, Sept. 30, 1985, 50 F.R. 40319, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1989, by Ex. Ord. No. 12610, Sept. 30, 1987, 52 F.R. 36901, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1991, by Ex. Ord. No. 12692, Sept. 29, 1989, 54 F.R. 40627, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1993, by Ex. Ord. No. 12774, Sept. 27, 1991, 56 F.R. 49835, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1995, by Ex. Ord. No. 12869, Sept. 30, 1993, 58 F.R. 51751, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1997, by Ex. Ord. No. 12974, Sept. 29, 1995, 60 F.R. 51875, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1999, by Ex. Ord. No. 13062, §1(i), Sept. 29, 1997, 62 F.R. 51755, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2001, by Ex. Ord. No. 13138, Sept. 30, 1999, 64 F.R. 53879, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2003, by Ex. Ord. No. 13225, Sept. 28, 2001, 66 F.R. 50291, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2005, by Ex. Ord. No. 13316, Sept. 17, 2003, 68 F.R. 55255, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2007, by Ex. Ord. No. 13385, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57989, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2009, by Ex. Ord. No. 13446, Sept. 28, 2007, 72 F.R. 56175, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2011, by Ex. Ord. No. 13511, Sept. 29, 2009, 74 F.R. 50909, set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Section, act June 19, 1934, ch. 676, §2, 48 Stat. 1183, provided that the President, in accepting membership in the International Labor Organization, was to assume no obligation under the covenant of the League of Nations.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State—
(a) such sums as may be necessary for the payments by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Organization, but not to exceed 25 per centum of such expenses, as apportioned by the International Labour Conference in accordance with article 13(2)(c) and 13(3) of the constitution of the Organization; and
(b) such additional sums as may be necessary to pay the expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization, including—
(1) salaries of the representative or representatives and alternates and appropriate staff, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light and cost-of-living allowances to persons temporarily stationed abroad; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State deems necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 756, §2, 62 Stat. 1151; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(e), 64 Stat. 903; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(f), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 273.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946, Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress.
In subsec. (b)(1), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b) Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1958—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85–477 substituted provisions limiting appropriations to not more than 25 per centum of the expenses for provisions which authorized an appropriation of not more than $1,750,000 per annum for payment of expenses.
1950—Subsec. (a). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(e)(1), (2), increased the authorized annual appropriation from $1,091,739 to $1,750,000, and changed the reference to the Organization's constitution from article 13(c) to article 13(2)(c) and 13(3).
Subsec. (b). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(e)(3), struck out limitation of $95,000 on the authorized annual appropriation for expenses.
1949—Subsec. (b)(1). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Contributions by United States, except for special projects, limited to amount provided by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950; consent by State Department and reports to Congress, see section 262a of this title.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
No person shall serve as representative, delegate, or alternate from the United States until such person has been investigated as to loyalty and security by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 756, §3, 62 Stat. 1152; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; 1978 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §102, eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3784.)
1952—Act Apr. 5, 1952, substituted “Civil Service Commission” for “Federal Bureau of Investigation”.
“Director of the Office of Personnel Management” substituted in text for “Civil Service Commission” pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which transferred functions vested by statute in Civil Service Commission to Director of Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified), effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.
In order to meet the obligations of the United States as a member of the Pan American Institute of Geography and History, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State—
(1) such sums as may be required for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Institute, as apportioned in accordance with the statutes of the Institute;
(2) such additional sums as may be needed annually for the payment of all necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Institute; and
(3) the sum of $386,050 for payment by the United States of its assessed annual contributions for the period beginning July 1, 1964, and extending through the fiscal year expiring June 30, 1969.
(Aug. 2, 1935, ch. 430, §1, 49 Stat. 512; Aug. 31, 1954, ch. 1154, 68 Stat. 1008; Pub. L. 89–646, Oct. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 893; Pub. L. 91–340, July 17, 1970, 84 Stat. 438; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §113, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278.)
1982—Par. (1). Pub. L. 97–241 struck out “, not to exceed $200,000 annually,” after “such sums”.
1970—Pub. L. 91–340 increased annual appropriation authorization in par. (1) from $90,300 to $200,000, and added par. (3).
1966—Pub. L. 89–646 redesignated as cl. (1) provisions of former cl. (b), increasing the annual appropriation authorization from $50,000 to $90,300 and substituted cl. (2) additional annual appropriation authorization for payment of necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in Institute activities for former cl. (a) appropriation authorization of $98,775 for payment by the United States of its assessed annual contributions for period beginning July 1, 1951, and extending through fiscal year expiring June 30, 1954.
1954—Act Aug. 31, 1954, appropriated sufficient funds to pay back assessments for years 1951 to 1954, and increased from $10,000 to $50,000 the authorized annual contribution.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of State, in paying the annual share of the United States as an adhering member of the International Council of Scientific Unions and Associated Unions, including the International Astronomical Union, International Union of Chemistry, International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, International Union of Mathematics, International Scientific Radio Union, International Union of Physics, and International Geographical Union, and such other international scientific unions as the Secretary of State may designate, such sum as may be necessary for the payment of such annual share, not to exceed $100,000 in any one year.
(Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 454, 49 Stat. 540; Pub. L. 85–627, Aug. 14, 1958, 72 Stat. 574; Pub. L. 89–104, Aug. 3, 1965, 79 Stat. 427.)
1965—Pub. L. 89–104 substituted “$100,000” for “$65,000”.
1958—Pub. L. 85–627 substituted “$65,000” for “$9,000”.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Act June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, §101, 62 Stat. 305, and subsequent Department of State Appropriation Acts through act Dec. 24, 1969, Pub. L. 91–153, title I, §101, 83 Stat. 404, failed to authorize appropriations for this section. See Annual Appropriations note set out above.
The Congress hereby finds and declares that the international biological program, which was established under the auspices of the International Council of Scientific Unions and the International Union of Biological Sciences and is sponsored in the United States by the National Academy of Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering, deals with one of the most crucial situations to face this or any other civilization—the immediate or near potential of mankind to damage, possibly beyond repair, the earth's ecological system on which all life depends. The Congress further finds and declares that the international biological program provides an immediate and effective means available of meeting this situation, through its stated objectives of increased study and research related to biological productivity and human welfare in a changing world environment.
The Congress therefore commends and endorses the international biological program and expresses its support of the United States National Committee and the Interagency Coordinating Committee, which together have the responsibility for planning, coordinating, and carrying out the program in the United States.
In view of the urgency of the problem, the Congress finds and declares that the provision by the United States of adequate financial and other support for the international biological program is a matter of first priority.
(Pub. L. 91–438, §1, Oct. 7, 1970, 84 Stat. 889.)
The Congress calls upon all Federal departments and agencies and other persons and organizations, both public and private, to support and cooperate fully with the international biological program and the activities and goals of the United States National Committee and the Interagency Coordinating Committee.
For this purpose, the Congress authorizes and requests all Federal departments and agencies having functions or objectives which coincide with or are related to those of the international biological program to obligate or make appropriate transfers of funds to the program from moneys available for such functions or objectives and provide such other support as may be appropriate.
(Pub. L. 91–438, §2, Oct. 7, 1970, 84 Stat. 889.)
To enable the United States to become a member of the International Hydrographic Bureau, and for the first annual contribution of the United States toward the creation and maintenance of such bureau, there is hereby appropriated out of money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated $2,500, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to be paid by the Secretary of State when the exact quota shall have been ascertained.
(Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1215.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Not to exceed $45,000 annually of the funds appropriated for rivers and harbors shall be available for the support and maintenance of the Permanent International Commission of the Congresses of Navigation and for the payment in amounts approved by the Chief of Engineers of the expenses of the properly accredited delegates of the United States to the meetings of the congresses and of the Commission.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 771, title I, §107, 62 Stat. 1174; Pub. L. 89–298, title III, §306, Oct. 27, 1965, 79 Stat. 1094; Pub. L. 93–251, title I, §93, Mar. 7, 1974, 88 Stat. 39.)
1974—Pub. L. 93–251 substituted “$45,000” for “$22,000”.
1965—Pub. L. 89–298 substituted “$22,000” for “$5,000”.
Section 276, acts June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §1, 49 Stat. 425; Feb. 6, 1948, ch. 48, 62 Stat. 19; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(b), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 272; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §710(a), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 465; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, §404, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. IV, §401, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §402, Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §404, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 34; Pub. L. 93–126, §3, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 451; Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(a), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(1), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 95–426, title VII, §710, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 994; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, authorized appropriations for annual contribution of the United States toward the maintenance of the Bureau of the Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §2, 49 Stat. 426, related to reports to Congress by American group of the Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a–1, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §3, as added Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(b), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762; amended Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(1), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588, related to appointment of delegates from House of Representatives to the Conference of the Interparliamentary Union and appointment of Chairman and Vice Chairman.
Section 276a–2, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §4, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to appointment of delegates from Senate to the Conference of the Interparliamentary Union and appointment of Chairman and Vice Chairman.
Section 276a–3, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §5, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to executive secretary of American group of Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a–4, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §6, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to auditing of accounts of House and Senate delegations to the Interparliamentary Union and finality and conclusiveness of certificate of Chairman.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(d), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, provided that: “Unless Congress receives the certification described in subsection (a) [set out below] before October 1, 1999, effective on that date the Act entitled ‘An Act to authorize participation by the United States in the Interparliamentary Union’, approved June 28, 1935 (22 U.S.C. 276–276a–4) is repealed.” [The Secretary of State did not make the required certification.]
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(a), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–836, provided that: “Unless the Secretary of State certifies to Congress that the United States will be assessed not more than $500,000 for its annual contribution to the Bureau of the Interparliamentary Union during fiscal year 1999, then effective October 1, 1999, the authority for further participation by the United States in the Bureau shall terminate in accordance with subsection (d) [set out above].” [The Secretary of State did not make the required certification.]
Section, act Aug. 25, 1937, ch. 757, 50 Stat. 770, provided that, on and after Aug. 25, 1937, the certificate of the president and executive secretary of the American Group of the Interparliamentary Union be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of all accounts of the Group.
On and after June 30, 1958, Senate delegates to Conferences of the Interparliamentary Union shall be designated by the Presiding Officer of the Senate. Not less than two Senators so designated shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations.
(Pub. L. 85–474, title I, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 246; Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(c), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762.)
1975—Pub. L. 94–141 inserted at end “Not less than two Senators so designated shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations.”
Each chairman or senior member of the House of Representatives and Senate group or delegation of the United States group or delegation to the Interparliamentary Union, the NATO Parliamentary Assembly, the Canada-United States Interparliamentary Group, the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary Group, or any similar interparliamentary group of which the United States is a member or participates, by whom or on whose behalf local currencies owned by the United States are made available and expended and/or expenditures are made from funds appropriated for the expenses of such group or delegation, shall file with the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate in the case of the group or delegation of the Senate, or with the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives in the case of the group or delegation of the House, an itemized report showing all such expenditures made by or on behalf of each Member or employee of the group or delegation together with the purposes of the expenditure, including per diem (lodging and meals), transportation, and other purposes. Within sixty days after the beginning of each regular session of Congress, the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs shall prepare consolidated reports showing with respect to each such group or delegation the total amount expended, the purposes of the expenditures, the amount expended for each such purpose, the names of the Members or employees by or on behalf of whom the expenditures were made and the amount expended by or on behalf of each Member or employee for each such purpose. The consolidated reports prepared by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate shall be filed with the Secretary of the Senate, and the consolidated reports prepared by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House shall be filed with the Clerk of the House and shall be open to public inspection.
(Pub. L. 86–628, §105(b), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 460; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §401(b), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 94–59, title XI, §1104, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(2), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §218(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1747; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459.)
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 substituted “NATO Parliamentary Assembly” for “North Atlantic Assembly”.
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “Clerk” for “Committee on House Administration” in last sentence.
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1975—Pub. L. 94–59 brought reporting requirements into conformity with other foreign travel expense reporting requirements and into conformity with rules of House of Representatives.
1967—Pub. L. 90–137 substituted “North Atlantic Assembly” for “NATO parliamentarian's Conference”.
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the Executive Directors and Directors and their alternates, representing the United States in the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the African Development Bank, and the Inter-American Investment Corporation, shall, if they are citizens of the United States, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, each be eligible on the basis of such service and the total compensation received therefor, for all employee benefits afforded employees in the civil service of the United States. The Treasury Department shall serve as the employing office for collecting, accounting for, and depositing in the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, Employees Life Insurance Fund, and Employees Health Benefits Fund, all retirement and health insurance benefits payments made by these employees, and shall make any necessary agency contributions from funds appropriated to the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 5, §51, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1659; Pub. L. 95–612, §4, Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3092; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1342(d), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(10)(C), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §710(c)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–181.)
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 211(b) of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced in the Senate on Mar. 13, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by Pub. L. 98–473.
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,” after “the Inter-American Development Bank,”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development,” before “the Inter-American Development Bank,”.
1984—Pub. L. 98–473 inserted reference to the Inter-American Investment Corporation.
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 inserted reference to the African Development Bank.
1978—Pub. L. 95–612 prescribed requirement of citizenship to be eligible for employee benefits, extended the benefits to representatives to the African Development Fund, substituted provision for contributions from appropriated funds for prior provision for contributions from the fund established under section 822a(a) of title 31, and struck out provision making section effective Dec. 14, 1966.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section 7 of Pub. L. 95–612 provided that: “This Act [amending this section, section 5108 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 822a of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 5108 of Title 5] shall take effect on October 1, 1978, or on such later date as funds are made available pursuant to appropriation Acts authorized by section 5 of this Act [authorizing appropriations of $24,000,000 for fiscal year 1979; not classified to the Code].” Section 7 of Pub. L. 95–612 was repealed as executed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1088, section 1 of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1006, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1287, related to personnel practices at the Inter-American Development Bank, Asian Development Bank, and African Development Bank.
Not less than 180 days after October 28, 1991, and each year thereafter, the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the Congress concerning each international organization which had a geographic distribution formula in effect on January 1, 1991, of whether each such organization—
(1) is taking good faith steps to increase the staffing of United States citizens; and
(2) has met its geographic distribution formula.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §181, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 682.)
Not to exceed twenty-four Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and at least annually and when Congress is not in session (except that this restriction shall not apply during the first session of the Eighty-sixth Congress or to meetings held in the United States) with representatives of the House of Commons and Senate of the Canadian Parliament for discussion of common problems in the interests of relations between the United States and Canada. Of the Members of the Congress to be appointed for the purposes of this subchapter (hereinafter designated as the United States group) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Affairs Committee), and half shall be appointed by the President of the Senate upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Relations Committee).
Such appointments shall be for the period of each meeting of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group except for the four members of the Foreign Affairs Committee and the four members of the Foreign Relations Committee, whose appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress.
The Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Affairs Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §1, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 72; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(a), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(3), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–45 substituted “International Relations Committee” for “Foreign Affairs Committee” as the name of the House Committee from which not less than four of the House appointees must be drawn, inserted requirement that the appointment of the Senate appointees by the President of the Senate be made upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, and inserted provision that the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation be a Member from the International Relations Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
An appropriation of $150,000 annually is authorized, $75,000 of which shall be for the House delegation and $75,000 for the Senate delegation, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, the House and Senate portions of such appropriation to be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chairman of the House delegation and the Chairman of the Senate delegation, respectively.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §2, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 72; Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §118(a), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 827; Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(a)(2), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 462; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(3), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 791.)
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 substituted “$150,000” for “$70,000” and substituted “$75,000” for “$35,000” in two places.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “$70,000” for “$50,000” and substituted “$35,000” for “$25,000” in two places.
1976—Pub. L. 94–350 increased annual appropriations authorization to $50,000 from $30,000 and amount for the House and Senate delegations to $25,000 from $15,000.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(e), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, provided that: “Unobligated balances of appropriations made under section 303 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations [Appropriation] Act[,] 1988 (as contained in section 101(a) of the Continuing Appropriations Act, 1988; Public Law 100–202 [set out below]) that are available as of the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] shall be transferred on such date to the general fund of the Treasury of the United States.”
Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 462, provided that: “Funds appropriated and disbursed pursuant to section 303 of Title III [of section 101(a)] of Public Law 100–202 (101 Stat. 1329–23; 22 U.S.C. 276 note [now 276e note]) are authorized to be deposited in interest-bearing accounts and any interest which accrues shall be deposited, periodically, in a miscellaneous account of the Treasury.”
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title III, §303], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–23, as amended by Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(a), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2128; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(c), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(a), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, provided that: “There is hereby appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, a total of $620,000 for each fiscal year to carry out (in accordance with the respective authorization amounts) section 2(2) of Public Law 84–689 [22 U.S.C. 1928b(2)], section 2 of Public Law 86–42 [22 U.S.C. 276e], section 2 of Public Law 86–420 [22 U.S.C. 276i], and section 109(b) and (c) of the Department of State Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1984 and 1985 [§109(b), (c) of Pub. L. 98–164, title I, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019, set out as a note under section 276l of this title].. [sic] These funds may be disbursed to each delegation, pursuant to vouchers in accordance with the applicable provisions of law, at any time requested by the Chairman of the delegation after that fiscal year begins.”
[Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(a), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, which directed the amendment of section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out above, by substituting “$620,000” for “$440,000”, was executed by making the substitution for “$350,000” to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the amendment by Pub. L. 105–277, §2503(c)(1).]
[Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(c), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out above] shall take effect on October 1, 1988.”]
The United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made including its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §3, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 73.)
The certificate of the Chairman of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group shall hereafter be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §4, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 73.)
Not to exceed twenty-four Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and at least annually with representatives of the Chamber of Deputies and Chamber of Senators of the Mexican Congress for discussion of common problems in the interests of relations between the United States and Mexico. Of the Members of the Congress to be appointed for the purposes of this subchapter (hereinafter designated as the United States group) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Affairs Committee), and half shall be appointed by the President of the Senate upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Relations Committee). Such appointments shall be for the period of each meeting of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group except for the four members of the Foreign Affairs Committee, and the four members of the Foreign Relations Committee, whose appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress. The Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Affairs Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §1, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(b), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(4), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–45 substituted “International Relations Committee” for “Foreign Affairs Committee” as the name of the House Committee from which not less than four of the House appointees must be drawn, inserted requirement that the appointment of the Senate appointees by the President of the Senate be made upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, and inserted provision that the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation be a Member from the International Relations Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
An appropriation of $120,000 annually is authorized, $60,000 of which shall be for the House delegation and $60,000 for the Senate delegation, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, the House and Senate portions of such appropriation to be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chairman of the House delegation and the Chairman of the Senate delegation, respectively.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §2, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40; Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §118(b), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 827; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2129; Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(a)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 461; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(2), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790.)
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 substituted “$120,000” for “$80,000” and substituted “$60,000” for “$40,000” in two places.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “$80,000” for “$100,000” and substituted “$40,000” for “$50,000” in two places.
1990—Pub. L. 101–515 substituted “$100,000” for “$50,000” and “$50,000” for “$25,000” in two places.
1976—Pub. L. 94–350 increased annual appropriations authorization to $50,000 from $30,000 and amount for the House and Senate delegations to $25,000 from $15,000.
A permanent appropriation to carry out this section is contained in section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, as amended, set out as a note under section 276e of this title.
The United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made including its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §3, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40.)
The certificate of the Chairman of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group shall on and after April 9, 1960 be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §4, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40.)
Not to exceed 24 Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet annually and when the Congress is not in session (except that this restriction shall not apply to meetings held in the United States), with representatives of the House of Commons and the House of Lords of the Parliament of Great Britain for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Great Britain. The Members of Congress so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Interparliamentary Group.
Of the Members of Congress appointed for purposes of this section—
(1) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives from among Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Affairs), and
(2) half shall be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, from among Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations) unless the majority and minority leaders of the Senate determine otherwise.
(1) The Chair or Vice Chair of the House delegation of the United States group shall be a member from the Committee on Foreign Affairs.
(2) The President Pro Tempore of the Senate shall designate the Chair or Vice Chair of the Senate delegation.
There is authorized to be appropriated $50,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, half of which shall be for the House delegation and half of which shall be for the Senate delegation. The House and Senate portions of such appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the House delegation and the Chair of the Senate delegation, respectively.
The certificate of the Chair of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
The United States group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made for the United States group, which shall include its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §168, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
Section is comprised of section 168 of Pub. L. 102–138. Subsec. (g) of section 168 of Pub. L. 102–138 amended section 1928e of this title.
Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §109(b), (c), Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019, as amended by Pub. L. 99–415, §7(b), Sept. 19, 1986, 100 Stat. 949; Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(b), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2128; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(4), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 791; Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title VI, §634(s), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2331, provided that:
“(b) There are authorized to be appropriated each fiscal year $100,000, to be equally divided between delegations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States Group of the British-American Parliamentary Group. Amounts appropriated under this section [amending section 1928e of this title and enacting this note] are authorized to remain available until expended.
“(c) There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year $100,000 for expenses of United States participation in the Transatlantic Legislators’ Dialogue (United States-European Union Interparliamentary Group).”
[A permanent appropriation to carry out section 109(b) and (c) of Pub. L. 98–164, set out above, is contained in section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out as a Permanent Appropriation for Delegation Expenses note under section 276e of this title.]
In accordance with the allocation of seats to the United States in the Parliamentary Assembly of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (hereinafter referred to as the “CSCE Assembly”) not to exceed 17 Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and annually with representative parliamentary groups from other Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (CSCE) member-nations for the purposes of—
(1) assessing the implementation of the objectives of the CSCE;
(2) discussing subjects addressed during the meetings of the Council of Ministers for Foreign Affairs and the biennial Summit of Heads of State or Government;
(3) initiating and promoting such national and multilateral measures as may further cooperation and security in Europe.
For each meeting of the CSCE Assembly, there shall be appointed a United States Delegation, as follows:
(1) In 1992 and every even-numbered year thereafter, 9 Members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom, including the Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Affairs); and 8 Members shall, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom, including the Vice Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Relations, unless the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, determines otherwise).
(2) In every odd-numbered year beginning in 1993, 9 Members shall, upon recommendation of the Majority and Minority Leaders 1 of the Senate, be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom, including the Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Relations, unless the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, determines otherwise); and 8 Members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom, including the Vice Chairman, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Affairs).
For the purpose of providing general staff support and continuity between successive delegations, each United States Delegation shall have 2 secretaries (one of whom shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and one of whom shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Delegation of the Senate).
There is authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year $80,000 to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States delegation.2 For each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made under this subsection, half of such appropriation may be disbursed on voucher to be approved by the Chairman and half of such appropriation may be disbursed on voucher to be approved by the Vice Chairman.
Amounts appropriated pursuant to this subsection are authorized to be available until expended.
The United States Delegation shall, for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, submit to the Congress a report including its expenditures under such appropriation. The certificate of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the United States Delegation shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States Delegation.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §169, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 677.)
Ex. Ord. No. 13029, Dec. 3, 1996, 61 F.R. 64591, provided in part that effective Jan. 1, 1995, the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe would be called the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
2 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet annually with representatives of the National People's Congress of the People's Republic of China for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and China. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-China Interparliamentary Group.
The President pro tempore of the Senate shall appoint Senators under this section upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate. The President pro tempore of the Senate shall designate 1 Senator as the Chair of the United States group.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
The certificate of the Chair of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
There is authorized within the contingent fund of the Senate under the appropriation account “
There are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004, $100,000 for the United States Senate-China Interparliamentary Group.
Subsections (a) though (d) shall apply to fiscal year 2004, and each fiscal year thereafter.
Subsections (e) and (f) shall apply to fiscal year 2004.
(Pub. L. 108–199, div. H, §153, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 448.)
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet annually with representatives of the Federation Council of Russia for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Russia. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-Russia Interparliamentary Group.
The majority and minority leaders of the Senate shall appoint the Senators of the United States group. The majority leader of the Senate shall designate 1 Senator as the Chair of the United States group.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
The certificate of the Chair of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
There is authorized within the contingent fund of the Senate under the appropriation account “
There are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004, $100,000 for the United States Senate-Russia Interparliamentary Group.
Subsections (a) though (d) shall apply to fiscal year 2004, and each fiscal year thereafter.
Subsections (e) and (f) shall apply to fiscal year 2004.
(Pub. L. 108–199, div. H, §154, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 449.)
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet once per Congress with representatives of the Diet of Japan for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Japan. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-Japan Interparliamentary Group. The meetings shall take place in Japan and Washington, D.C. alternatively.
The President of the Senate shall appoint Senators under this section, including a Chair and Vice Chair, upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate. Such appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each Congress to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
A report of expenditures by the United States group shall be prepared and certified each Congress by the Chair.
This section shall apply to fiscal year 2008, and each fiscal year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 110–161, div. H, title I, §5, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2221.)
There is established in the Department of the Army a board to be known as the Trustees of the Kermit Roosevelt Fund, whose duty it shall be properly to administer all money and property which on and after July 2, 1945, may come under its control as part of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, created pursuant to section 276bb of this title. The board shall be composed of the Chief of Finance, United States Army, ex officio, and three general officers of the Army who shall be appointed to the board and may be replaced thereon by the Secretary of the Army.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §1, 59 Stat. 316; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 224 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The board is authorized to accept from Mrs. Kermit Roosevelt such money and property as she may tender, to receipt therefor on behalf of the United States, and to deposit the funds so received in the Treasury of the United States as the original corpus of a trust fund, to be known as the Kermit Roosevelt fund, which shall be used for the purpose of fostering a better understanding and a closer relationship between the military forces of the United States and those of the United Kingdom by sponsoring lectures or courses of instruction to be delivered by officers of the British Army at the United States Military Academy and elsewhere in the United States and by officers of the United States Army at Sandhurst Royal Military College and elsewhere in the United Kingdom or, should such exchange lectures prove or become impracticable or unnecessary for any reason, by such other application of the funds as the board, with the approval of the Secretary of the Army may determine. The original corpus of the fund and the income therefrom may be disbursed at the discretion of the board in furtherance of the stated purpose, and shall be subject to investment and reinvestment as provided in section 276cc of this title.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §2, 59 Stat. 316; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 225 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The board is also authorized to accept, receive, hold, and administer gifts, bequests and devises of money, securities, or other property, whether real or personal, from any source, for the benefit of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, but no such gift, bequest, or devise which entails any expenditure not to be met out of the gift, bequest, devise, or the income thereof shall be accepted without the consent of Congress. Such additional sums or property shall be receipted for by the Chief of Finance and may, at the discretion of the board and unless otherwise restricted by the terms of the gift, bequest, or devise, be administered and disbursed in the same manner as the original corpus of the fund and the income therefrom. The board may in its discretion sell or exchange securities or other property given, bequeathed, or devised to or for the benefit of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, and may invest and reinvest the proceeds thereof, together with any other moneys in the fund, in such investments as it may determine from time to time: Provided, however, That the board is not authorized to engage in any business, nor shall it make any investments for the account of the fund which could not lawfully be made by a trust company in the District of Columbia, except that it may make any investment directly authorized by the instrument of gift, bequest, or devise under which the funds to be invested are derived, and may retain any investments accepted by it.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §3, 59 Stat. 317.)
Section was formerly classified to section 226 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
The income from any property held or administered by the board, as and when collected, shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the trust fund established pursuant to section 276bb of this title, and it shall be and remain subject to investment, reinvestment, and disbursement by the board for the uses and purposes set forth herein.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §4, 59 Stat. 317.)
Section was formerly classified to section 227 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
The board shall have all the usual powers of a trustee in respect to all property administered by it, but the members of the board shall not be personally liable, except for misfeasance, on account of any acts performed in their trust capacity. The members of the board shall not be required to furnish bond, and no additional compensation shall accrue to any of them on account of their duties as trustees. Within the limits prescribed by sections 276bb to 276dd of this title, the administration, control, and expenditure of this fund and its application to the purposes intended shall be according to the sole discretion of the board, and the exercise of its discretion and authority in regard thereto and its decisions thereon, including any payments made or authorized by it to be made from the Kermit Roosevelt fund, shall not be subject to review except by the Secretary of the Army, to whom the board shall, on the 1st day of January, each year, render a full report of its activities during the preceding twelve months. The actions of the board shall not be subject to judicial review except in an action brought in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, which is given jurisdiction of such suits, for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of any trust accepted by the board.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §5, 59 Stat. 317; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 228 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The President is authorized to designate the American Commissioner on the International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, or other Federal agency, to cooperate with a representative or representatives of the Government of Mexico in a study regarding the equitable use of the waters of the lower Rio Grande and the lower Colorado and Tia Juana Rivers, for the purpose of obtaining information which may be used as a basis for the negotiation of a treaty with the Government of Mexico relative to the use of the waters of these rivers and to matters closely related thereto. On completion of such study the results shall be reported to the Secretary of State.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §1, 43 Stat. 118; Mar. 3, 1927, ch. 381, §1, 44 Stat. 1403; Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660.)
1935—Act Aug. 19, 1935, created the International Boundary Commission to take the place of the three special commissioners.
1927—Act Mar. 3, 1927, provided for a study of Tia Juana River in addition to the lower Rio Grande and Colorado Rivers.
International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, to which powers, duties, and functions of International Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, were transferred by act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §510, 47 Stat. 417, reconstituted as International Boundary and Water Commission by Water Treaty of 1944.
Pub. L. 100–465, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2272, which enacted sections 277g to 277g–3 of this title, is known as the Rio Grande Pollution Correction Act of 1987. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277g of this title and Tables.
Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, which enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–42 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
Pub. L. 88–300, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184, which enacted sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Chamizal Convention Act of 1964. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–17 of this title and Tables.
Act Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, 64 Stat. 846, which enacted sections 277d–1 to 277d–9 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Treaty Act of 1950. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–1 of this title and Tables.
Act Mar. 3, 1927, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 647.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
The Secretary of State, acting through the American Commissioner, International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, is further authorized to conduct technical and other investigations relating to the defining, demarcation, fencing, or monumentation of the land and water boundary between the United States and Mexico, to flood control, water resources, conservation, and utilization of water, sanitation and prevention of pollution, channel rectification, stabilization, drainage of transboundary storm waters, and other related matters upon the international boundary between the United States and Mexico; and to construct and maintain fences, monuments and other demarcations of the boundary line between the United States and Mexico, and sewer systems, water systems, and electric light, power and gas systems crossing the international border, and to continue such work and operations through the American Commissioner as are now in progress and are authorized by law.
The President is authorized and empowered to construct, operate, and maintain on the Rio Grande River below Fort Quitman, Texas, any and all works or projects which are recommended to the President as the result of such investigations and by the President are deemed necessary and proper.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §2, 43 Stat. 118; Mar. 3, 1927, ch. 381, §2, 44 Stat. 1403; Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(b)(2), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 70.)
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 inserted reference to drainage of transboundary storm waters.
1935—Act Aug. 19, 1935, amended section generally.
1927—Act Mar. 3, 1927, increased appropriation from $20,000 to $50,000.
International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, to which powers, duties, and functions of International Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, were transferred by act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §510, 47 Stat. 417, reconstituted as International Boundary and Water Commission by Water Treaty of 1944.
Act Mar. 3, 1927, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 647.
Jurisdiction, powers, or prerogatives of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, unaffected by Water Resources Planning Act, see section 1962–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
The President is further authorized (1) to construct any project or works which may be provided for in a treaty entered into with Mexico and to repair, protect, maintain, or complete works now existing or now under construction or those that may be constructed under the treaty provisions aforesaid; and to construct any project or works designed to facilitate compliance with the provisions of treaties between the United States and Mexico; (2) to operate and maintain any project or works so constructed or, subject to such rules and regulations for continuing supervision by the said American Commissioner or any Federal agency as the President may cause to be promulgated, to turn over the operation and maintenance of such project or works to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such project or works may be in whole or in part situated, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the President may deem appropriate; and (3) to carry out preliminary surveys, operations, and maintenance of the interceptor system constructed to intercept sewage flows from Tijuana from selected canyon areas.
Expenditures for the Rio Grande bank protection project shall be subject to the provisions and conditions made with respect to that project in the first undesignated paragraph under the heading “
The Anzalduas diversion dam shall not be operated for irrigation or water supply purposes in the United States unless suitable arrangements have been made with the prospective water users for repayment to the Government of the United States for such portions of the dam as shall have been allocated to such purposes by the Secretary of State.
Pursuant to the authority of subsection (a) of this section and in order to facilitate further compliance with the terms of the Convention for Equitable Distribution of the Waters of the Rio Grande, May 21, 1906, United States-Mexico, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner of the International Boundary and Water Commission, may make improvements to the Rio Grande Canalization Project, originally authorized by the Act of August 29, 1935 (49 Stat. 961). Such improvements may include all such works as may be needed to stabilize the Rio Grande in the reach between the Percha Diversion Dam in New Mexico and the American Diversion Dam in El Paso.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §3, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(b)(1), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 70; Pub. L. 104–319, title I, §104, Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3866.)
The first undesignated paragraph under the heading “
1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–319 added subsec. (d).
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), redesignated cls. (a) and (b) as (1) and (2), respectively, added cl. (3), and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
In order to carry out the provisions of sections 277 to 277d of this title, the President, or any Federal agency he may designate is authorized, (a) in his discretion, to enter into agreements with any one or more of said political subdivisions, in connection with the construction of any project or works provided for in paragraph (2) of section 277a and section 277b of this title, under the terms of which agreements there shall be furnished to the United States, gratuitously, except for the examination and approval of titles, the lands or easements in lands necessary for the construction, operation, and maintenance in whole or in part of any such project or works, or for the assumption by one or more of any such political subdivisions making such agreement, of the operation and maintenance of such project or works in whole or in part upon the completion thereof: Provided, however, That when an agreement is reached that necessary lands or easements shall be provided by any such political subdivision and for the future operation and maintenance by it of a project or works or a part thereof, in the discretion of the President the title to such lands and easements for such projects or works need not be required to be conveyed to the United States but may be required only to be vested in and remain in such political subdivision; (b) to acquire by purchase, exercise of the power of eminent domain, or by donation, any real or personal property which may be necessary; (c) to withdraw from sale, public entry or disposal of such public lands of the United States as he may find to be necessary and thereupon the Secretary of the Interior shall cause the lands so designated to be withdrawn from any public entry whatsoever, and from sale, disposal, location or settlement under the mining laws or any other law relating to the public domain and shall cause such withdrawal to appear upon the records in the appropriate land office having jurisdiction over such lands, and such lands may be used for carrying out the purposes of sections 277 to 277d of this title: Provided, That any such withdrawal may subsequently be revoked by the President; and (d) to make or approve all necessary rules and regulations.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §4, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended May 22, 1936, ch. 447, 49 Stat. 1370.)
Clause (c), except the proviso thereof, repealed by Pub. L. 94–579, title VII, §704(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2792, effective on and after Oct. 21, 1976.
1936—Act May 22, 1936, inserted “paragraph (2) of section 277a”.
Repeal of cl. (c), except the proviso thereof, by Pub. L. 94–579, title VII, §704(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2792, not to be construed as terminating any valid lease, permit, patent, etc., existing on Oct. 21, 1976, see note set out under section 1701 of Title 43, Public Lands.
Any moneys contributed by or received from the United Mexican States, the North American Development Bank, or the Border Environment Cooperation Commission for the purpose of cooperating or assisting in carrying out the provisions of sections 277 to 277d of this title shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriation which may be made for the purposes of such sections.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §5, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title II, §210, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1365.)
2002—Pub. L. 107–228 inserted “, the North American Development Bank, or the Border Environment Cooperation Commission” after “United Mexican States”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico (herein referred to as the “Commission”), in connection with any project under the jurisdiction of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized: (a) to purchase, or condemn, lands, or interests in lands, for relocation of highways, roadways, railroads, telegraph, telephone, or electric transmission lines, or any other properties whatsoever, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the said Commissioner, is necessitated by the construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, and to perform any or all work involved in said relocations on said lands, or interests in lands, other lands, or interests in lands, owned and held by the United States in connection with the construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, or properties not owned by the United States; (b) to enter into contracts with the owners of the said properties whereby they undertake to acquire any, or all, property needed for said relocation, or to perform any, or all, work involved in said relocations; and (c) for the purpose of effecting completely said relocations, to convey, or exchange Government properties acquired or improved under clause (a) of this section, with or without improvements, or other properties owned and held by the United States in connection with the construction or operation and maintenance of said project, or to grant term or perpetual easements therein or thereover. Grants or conveyances hereunder shall be by instruments executed by the Secretary of State without regard to provisions of law governing the patenting of public lands.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §101, 64 Stat. 846.)
Section 1 of act Sept. 13, 1950, provided that: “This Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–2 to 277d–9 of this title] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Treaty Act of 1950’.”
The United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, equip, and operate and maintain all access roads, highways, railways, power lines, buildings, and facilities necessary in connection with any such project, and in his discretion to provide housing, subsistence, and medical and recreational facilities for the officers, agents, and employees of the United States, and/or for the contractors and their employees engaged in the construction, operation, and maintenance of any such project, and to make equitable charges therefor, or deductions from the salaries and wages due employees, or from progress payments due contractors, upon such terms and conditions as he may determine to be to the best interest of the United States, the sums of money so charged and collected or deducted to be credited to the appropriation for the project current at the time the obligations are incurred.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §102, 64 Stat. 846.)
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the Commission, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Treaty of February 3, 1944, and other treaties and conventions between the United States of America and the United Mexican States, under which the United States Section operates, and to discharge the statutory functions and duties of the United States Section. Such sums shall be available for construction, operation and maintenance of stream gaging stations, and their equipment and sites therefor; personal services and rent in the District of Columbia and elsewhere; services, including those of attorneys and appraisers, in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, at rates for individuals not in excess of the maximum daily rate for grade GS–15 of the General Schedule and the United States Commissioner is authorized, notwithstanding the provisions of any other Act, to employ as consultants by contract or otherwise without regard to chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5, and the civil-service laws and regulations, retired personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States, who shall not be required to revert to an active status; travel expense, including, in the discretion of the Commissioner, expenses of attendance at meetings of organizations concerned with the activities of the Commission which may be necessary for the efficient discharge of the responsibilities of the Commission; hire, with or without personal services, of work animals, and animal-drawn, and motor-propelled (including passenger) vehicles and aircraft and equipment; acquisition by donation, purchase, or condemnation, of real and personal property, including expenses of abstracts, certificates of title, and recording fees; purchase of ice and drinking water; inspection of equipment, supplies and materials by contract or otherwise; drilling and testing of foundations and dam sites, by contract if deemed necessary; payment for official telephone service in the field in case of official telephones installed in private houses when authorized under regulations established by the Commissioner; purchase of firearms and ammunition for guard purposes; official entertainment and other representation expenses within the United States for the United States section; and such other objects and purposes as may be permitted by laws applicable, in whole or in part, to the United States Section: Provided, That, when appropriations have been made for the commencement or continuation of construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, the United States Commissioner, notwithstanding the provisions of sections 1341, 1342, and 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31, and sections 6301(a) and (b) and 6303 of title 41, or any other law, may enter into contracts beyond the amount actually appropriated for so much of the work on any such authorized project as the physical and orderly sequence of construction makes necessary, such contracts to be subject to and dependent upon future appropriations by Congress: Provided further, That the United States Commissioner shall prepare, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year, a report of all expenditures during that year for official entertainment and other representation expenses, which shall be available for public inspection.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §103, 64 Stat. 847; Pub. L. 88–448, title IV, §402(a)(29), Aug. 19, 1964, 78 Stat. 494; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(c), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862; Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §165, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
Grade GS–15, referred to in text, is contained in the General Schedule which is set out under section 5332 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In text, “section 3109 of title 5” and “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “section 15 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. sec. 55a)” and “the Classification Act of 1949, as amended”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In text, “sections 1341, 1342, and 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31 and sections 6301(a) and (b) and 6303 of title 41” substituted for “sections 3679, 3732, and 3733 of the Revised Statutes” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1991—Pub. L. 102–138 inserted “official entertainment and other representation expenses within the United States for the United States section;” after “guard purposes;” and concluding provision that the United States Commissioner prepare, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year, a report of all expenditures during that year for official entertainment and other representation expenses, with such report to be available for public inspection.
1977—Pub. L. 95–105 substituted “the maximum daily rate for grade GS–15 of the General Schedule” for “$100 per diem”.
1964—Pub. L. 88–448 struck out provisions which permitted retired personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States employed by the Commission to receive as compensation for temporary service, the difference between the rates of pay established therefor and their retired pay during the period or periods of their temporary employment.
Section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 277d–28 and 277d–31 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”
The United States Commissioner, in order to comply with the provisions of articles 12 and 23 of the treaty of February 3, 1944, between the United States and Mexico, relating to the utilization of the waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, is authorized to acquire, in the name of the United States, by purchase or by proceedings in eminent domain, the physical properties owned by the Imperial Irrigation District of California, located in the vicinity of Andrade, California, consisting of the Alamo Canal in the United States, the Rockwood Intake, the Hanlon Heading, the quarry, buildings used in connection with such facilities, and appurtenant lands, and to reconstruct, operate and maintain such properties in connection with the administration of said treaty.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §104, 64 Stat. 847.)
Funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico” shall be available for the purposes of sections 277d–1 to 277d–5 of this title: Provided, That authorizations under said sections shall apply only to projects agreed upon by the two Governments in accordance with the treaty of February 3, 1944.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §105, 64 Stat. 848.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–7 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the operation and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of the Douglas-Agua Prieta sanitation project, located at Douglas, Arizona, and Agua Prieta, Sonora, Mexico, heretofore constructed by the said Commission, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the costs of such operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Douglas, Arizona, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that it will, so long as such agreement remains in force, contribute an equitable proportion, as determined by the United States Section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such operation and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title II, §201, 64 Stat. 848.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the operation and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–6 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Douglas, Arizona, pursuant to the provisions of said sections shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title II, §202, 64 Stat. 848.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–9 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the construction, operation, and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of a sanitation project for the cities of Calexico, California, and Mexicali, Lower California, Mexico, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the cost of such construction and operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by the said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Calexico, California, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that, so long as such agreement remains in force, the city of Calexico will contribute an equitable proportion as determined by the United States Section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such construction, operation, and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title III, §301, 64 Stat. 848.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the construction, operation, and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–8 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriation which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Calexico, California, pursuant to the provisions of said sections, shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title III, §302, 64 Stat. 849.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–11 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the operation and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of the Nogales sanitation project, located at Nogales, Arizona, and Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, heretofore constructed by the said Commission, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the costs of such operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Nogales, Arizona, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that it will, so long as such agreement remains in force, contribute an equitable proportion, as determined by the United States section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such operation and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(July 27, 1953, ch. 242, §1, 67 Stat. 195.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the operation and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–10 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Nogales, Arizona, pursuant to the provisions of said sections shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(July 27, 1953, ch. 242, §2, 67 Stat. 195.)
On and after June 20, 1956, in addition to the funds available under the appropriation “Rio Grande emergency flood protection”, the United States Commissioner is authorized to expend from any appropriation available to the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American Section, such sums as may be necessary for prosecution of emergency flood fighting and rescue operations, repairs or restoration of any flood control or sanitation works threatened or destroyed by floodwaters of the Rio Grande, the Colorado or Tijuana Rivers, or other streams running across or near the boundary, and for taking emergency actions, consistent with the emergency provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act [42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.], to protect against health threatening surface and ground water pollution problems along the United States-Mexico boundary.
(June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 302; Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(a), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 69; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §423(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 457.)
The Safe Drinking Water Act, referred to in text, is title XIV of act July 1, 1944, as added Dec. 16, 1974, Pub. L. 93–523, §2(a), 88 Stat. 1660, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter XII (§300f et seq.) of chapter 6A of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 201 of Title 42 and Tables.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “Tijuana Rivers, or other streams running across or near the boundary, and for taking emergency actions, consistent with the emergency provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act, to protect against health threatening surface and ground water pollution problems along the United States-Mexico boundary” for “Tijuana Rivers, and for taking emergency actions to protect against health threatening sanitation problems by repairing or replacing existing capital infrastructure along the United States-Mexico Boundary”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 inserted “or sanitation” after “flood control” and inserted before period at end “, the Colorado or Tijuana Rivers, and for taking emergency actions to protect against health threatening sanitation problems by repairing or replacing existing capital infrastructure along the United States-Mexico Boundary”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for the joint construction, operation, and maintenance by the United States and Mexico, in accordance with the provisions of the treaty of February 3, 1944, with Mexico, of a major international storage dam on the Rio Grande at the site and having substantially the characteristics described in minute numbered 207 adopted June 19, 1958, by the said Commission, and in the “Rio Grande International Storage Dams Project—Report on Proposed Dam and Reservoir” prepared by the United States Section of the said Commission and dated September 1958.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §1, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
If agreement is concluded pursuant to section 277d–13 of this title for the construction of a major international storage dam the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of Mexico an agreement consistent with article 7 of the treaty of February 3, 1944, for the construction, operation, and maintenance on a self-liquidating basis, for the United States share, of facilities for generating hydroelectric energy at said dam.
If agreement for the construction of separate facilities for generating hydroelectric energy is concluded, the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is directed to construct, operate, and maintain such self-liquidating facilities for the United States.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §2, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
If a dam is constructed pursuant to an agreement concluded under the authorization granted by section 277d–13 of this title, its operation for conservation and release of United States share of waters shall be integrated with other United States water conservation activities on the Rio Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, in such manner as to provide the maximum feasible amount of water for beneficial use in the United States with the understandings that (a) releases of United States share of waters from said dam for domestic, municipal, industrial, and irrigation uses in the United States shall be made pursuant to order by the appropriate authority or authorities of the State of Texas, and (b) the State of Texas having stipulated that the amount of water that will be available for use in the United States below Falcon Dam after the proposed dam is placed in operation will be not less than the amount available under existing conditions of river development, and to carry out such understandings and said stipulation the conservation storage of said dam shall be used, and it shall be the exclusive responsibility of the appropriate authority or authorities of said State to distribute available United States share of waters of the Rio Grande in such manner as will comply with said stipulation.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §3, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of sections 277d–13 to 277d–16 of this title.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §4, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 361.)
In connection with the convention between the United States of America and the United Mexican States for the solution of the problem of the Chamizal, signed August 29, 1963, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized—
a. to conduct technical and other investigations relating to: the demarcation or monumentation of the boundary between the United States and Mexico; flood control; water resources; sanitation and prevention of pollution; channel relocation, improvement, and stabilization; and other matters related to the new river channel.
b. to acquire by donation, purchase, or condemnation, all lands required—
(1) for transfer to Mexico as provided in said convention;
(2) for construction of that portion of the new river channel and the adjoining levee in the territory of the United States;
(3) for relocation of highways, roadways, railroads, telegraph, telephone, electric transmission lines, bridges, related facilities, and any publicly owned structure or facility, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the said Commissioner, is necessitated by the project.
c. For the purpose of effecting said relocations—
(1) to perform any or all work involved in said relocations;
(2) to enter into contracts with the owners of properties to be relocated whereby they undertake to acquire any or all properties needed for said relocations, or undertake to perform any or all work involved in said relocations;
(3) to convey or exchange properties acquired or improved by the United States under sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title or under said convention, with or without improvements, or to grant term or perpetual easements therein or thereover.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §1, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184.)
Section is comprised of part of section 1 of Pub. L. 88–300. Remainder of section 1 is set out as a Short Title note below.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 88–300 provided in part: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–18 to 277d–25 of this title] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Chamizal Convention Act of 1964’.”
The United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain all works provided for in said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, and to turn over the operation and maintenance of any such works to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such project or works may be in whole or in part situated, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the Commissioner may deem appropriate.
The United States Commissioner is authorized to receive payments of money from public or private sources in the United States or Mexico made for the purpose of sharing in the cost of operations, maintenance, and replacement of the Bridge of the Americas which crosses the Rio Grande between El Paso, Texas, and Cd. Juarez, Chihuahua. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, such payments of money shall be credited to any appropriation to the Commission which is currently available. Funds received under this subsection shall be available only for the replacement of such bridge.
The authority of subsection (b) of this section may be exercised only to the extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §2, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §423(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §703], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–460.)
1999—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–113 inserted “operations, maintenance, and” after “cost of”.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
The United States Commissioner, under regulations approved by the Secretary of State, and upon application of the owners and tenants of lands to be acquired by the United States to fulfill and accomplish the purposes of said convention, and to the extent administratively determined by the Commissioner to be fair and reasonable, is authorized to—
a. Reimburse the owners and tenants for expenses and other losses and damages incurred by them in the process and as a direct result of such moving of themselves, their families, and their possessions as is occasioned by said acquisition: Provided, That the total of such reimbursement to the owners and tenants of any parcel of land shall in no event exceed 25 per centum of its fair value, as determined by the Commissioner. No payment under this subsection shall be made unless application therefor is supported by an itemized and certified statement of the expenses, losses, and damages incurred.
b. Compensate the said owners and tenants for identifiable, reasonable, and satisfactorily proved costs and losses to owners and tenants over and above those reimbursed under the foregoing subsection in the categories hereinafter provided, and for which purpose there shall be established by the Commissioner a board of examiners, consisting of such personnel employed and compensation fixed as he deems advisable, without regard to the provisions of the civil service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5. Said board may hold hearings and shall examine submitted evidence and make determinations, subject to the Commissioner's approval, regarding all claims in said categories as follows:
(1) For properties—
(a) For nonconforming abodes and minimum forms of shelter for which there are no comparable properties on the market in the city of El Paso and concerning which fair market value would be inadequate to find minimum housing of equal utility, compensation to the owner up to an amount which when added to the market value allowed for his property, including land values, would enable purchase of minimum habitable housing of similar utility in another residential section of said city.
(b) For commercial properties for which there are no comparable properties on the market in or near El Paso, Texas, compensation to the owner up to an amount which, when added to the total fair market value, including the land value, would compensate the owner for the “value in use” of the real estate to him. Such “value in use” is to be determined on the basis of replacement cost less deterioration and obsolescence in existing real estate and taking into consideration factors bearing upon income attributable to the real estate.
(2) For loss in business:
(a) Loss of profits directly resulting from relocation, limited to the period between termination of business in the old location and commencement of business in the new, such period not to exceed thirty days.
(b) Loss to owner resulting from inability to rent to others housing or commercial space that can be reasonably related to uncertainties arising out of the pending acquisition of the owner's property by the United States, such losses limited to those incurred after July 18, 1963, and prior to the making by the United States of a firm offer to purchase.
(3) For penalty costs to property owners for prepayment of mortgages incident to acquisition of the properties by the United States.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §3, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184.)
In par. b., “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Application for reimbursement or compensation under section 277d–19 of this title shall be submitted to the Commissioner within either one year from the date of acquisition or the date of vacating the premises by the applicant, whichever date is later. Applications not submitted within said period shall be forever barred.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §4, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 185.)
The Commissioner, in rendering an award in favor of any claimant under section 277d–19 of this title, may, as part of such award, determine and allow reasonable attorneys’ fees which shall not exceed 10 per centum of the amount awarded, to be paid out of but not in addition to the amount of award, to the attorneys representing the claimant. Any attorney who charges, demands, receives, or collects for services rendered in connection with such claim any amount in excess of that allowed by the terms of this section, if award be made, shall be fined not more than $2,000 or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §5, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 185.)
Payments to be made as herein provided shall be in addition to, but not in duplication of, any payments that may otherwise be authorized by law. The means employed to acquire the property, whether by condemnation or otherwise, shall not affect eligibility for reimbursement or compensation under sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title. Nothing contained in such sections shall be construed as creating any legal right or cause of action against the United States or as precluding the exercise by the Government of the right of eminent domain or any other right or power that it may have under such sections or any other law; nor shall such sections be construed as precluding an owner or tenant from asserting any rights he may have under other laws or the Constitution of the United States.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §6, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
No amount received as an award under subsection a. and subsections b. (1) and (3) of section 277d–19 of this title shall be included in gross income for purposes of chapter 1 of title 26. However, amounts received under subsection b. (1) shall be included in gross income to the extent that such amounts are not used within one year of the receipt thereof to purchase replacement housing or facilities.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §7, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
1986—Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”, which for purposes of codification was translated as “title 26” thus requiring no change in text.
As used in sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, the term “land” shall include interests in land, and the term “fair value” shall mean fair value of the interest acquired. The provisions of such sections shall be exempt from the operations of subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §8, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
“Subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5” substituted in text for “the Administrative Procedure Act of June 11, 1946 (60 Stat. 237), as amended (5 U.S.C. 1001–1011)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of said Commission not to exceed $44,900,000 to carry out the provisions of said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title and for transfer to other Federal agencies to accomplish by them or other proper agency relocation of their facilities necessitated by the project. Of the appropriations authorized by this section, not to exceed $4,200,000 may be used to carry out the provisions of section 277d–19 of this title. The provisions of section 277d–3 of this title are hereby expressly extended to apply to the carrying out of the provisions of said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §9, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to conclude, with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico, agreements for emergency flood control measures of international character in the reaches of the lower Colorado River between Imperial Dam and the Gulf of California, in both the United States and Mexico, such agreements to provide: (a) for the joint clearing and maintaining free of trees and brush the bed and banks of the channel; for removing sediment deposits from the river channel; and (b) for corrective actions to guard against sedimentation and consequent aggradation of the river channel incident to desilting operations at diversion dams in the two countries: Provided, That, prior approval of the Secretary of the Interior is required of any proposed agreement with Mexico under clause (b) of this section which would involve construction and/or operation of works on the Colorado River in the United States under the jurisdiction of the Secretary. The measures contemplated herein are for the purpose of controlling floods on the lower Colorado River in accordance with article 13 of the 1944 Water Treaty with Mexico, and accomplishment thereof by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States Section, would be in accord with the Memorandum of Understanding “as to Functions and Jurisdiction of Agencies of the United States in Relation to the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and the Rio Grande Below Fort Quitman, Texas, Under Water Treaty Signed at Washington, February 3, 1944,” between the Department of State and the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission and the Department of the Interior dated February 14, 1945.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §1, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386.)
The United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to carry out those measures agreed upon for execution by the United States in the agreements concluded pursuant to section 277d–26 of this title.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §2, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, not in excess of $300,000 for the initial cost of the work authorized in sections 277d–26 to 277d–28 of this title, and not to exceed $30,000 based on December 1975 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein, annually thereafter for necessary maintenance.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §3, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(b), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(b), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862.)
1977—Pub. L. 95–105 inserted “based on December 1975 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein,” after “$30,000”.
1973—Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$30,000” for “$20,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–105 effective Oct. 1, 1977, see section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105, set out as a note under section 277d–3 of this title.
For the purposes of facilitating and implementing operation and maintenance of the international Rio Grande canalization project, the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to enter into agreements with the appropriate official or officials of local organizations, as defined in the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act of August 4, 1954, as amended [16 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.], for the maintenance by said local organizations either directly or indirectly through mutually satisfactory maintenance agreements with others, including the United States, of all those flood and arroyo sediment control dams, together with all related works, hereafter installed or constructed in the Rio Grande watershed between Caballo Dam and El Paso, Texas, in accordance with said Act, and which are necessary, in the opinion of Said Commissioner, to facilitate and implement the operation and maintenance of said project.
Such maintenance agreements between the local organization and the United States shall provide the extent of contribution by the United States as may be mutually agreed by the two parties, based on the degree of benefits to be derived from said dams and related works, and the contribution by the United States may be either in the form of funds or performance of the actual operation and maintenance.
Control gates shall not be installed on any of the dams which, in the opinion of the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, are necessary to facilitate and implement the operation and maintenance of the Rio Grande canalization project.
Arrangements made between the United States and the local organizations shall be satisfactory to the Secretary of Agriculture for defraying cost of maintaining such work of improvement in accordance with regulations prescribed by said Secretary.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated not in excess of $50,000 per annum for contributions to maintenance authorized by this section.
(Pub. L. 88–600, Sept. 18, 1964, 78 Stat. 956; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(c), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452.)
The Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act of August 4, 1954, as amended, referred to in text, is act Aug. 4, 1954, ch. 656, 68 Stat. 666, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 16, Conservation. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 16 and Tables.
1973—Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$50,000” for “$23,000”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–31 of this title to conclude an agreement or agreements with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of the United Mexican States for the construction, operation, and maintenance by the United Mexican States under the supervision of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of a drainage conveyance canal through Mexican territory for the discharge of waters of El Morillo and other drains in the United Mexican States into the Gulf of Mexico in the manner, and having substantially the characteristics, described in said Commission's minute numbered 223, dated November 30, 1965. The agreement or agreements shall provide that the cost of construction including costs of design and right-of-way and the costs of operation and maintenance, shall be equally divided between the United Mexican States and the United States. Before concluding the agreement or agreements, the Secretary of State shall receive satisfactory assurances from private citizens or a responsible local group that they or it will pay to the United States Treasury one-half of the actual United States costs of such construction, including costs of design and right-of-way, and one-half of the actual costs of operation and maintenance allocated under such agreement or agreements to the United States. Payments to the United States Treasury under this section shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Pub. L. 89–584, §1, Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 808.)
To defray costs that accrue to the United States under the agreement or agreements referred to in section 277d–30 of this title for the construction, operation, and maintenance of drainage conveyance canal projects, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, the following amounts:
(1) Not to exceed $690,000 for costs of construction.
(2) Upon completion of construction, not to exceed $25,000 based on estimated calendar year 1976 costs, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein, annually for costs of operation and maintenance.
(Pub. L. 89–584, §2, Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(a), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(a), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862.)
1977—Par. (2). Pub. L. 95–105 inserted “based on estimated calendar year 1976 costs, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein,” after “$25,000”.
1973—Par. (2). Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$25,000” for “$20,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–105 effective Oct. 1, 1977, see section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105, set out as a note under section 277d–3 of this title.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for the joint construction, operation, and maintenance by the United States and Mexico, in accordance with the provisions of the treaty of February 3, 1944, with Mexico, of an international flood control project for the Tijuana River, which shall be located and have substantially the characteristics described in “Report on an International Flood Control Project, Tijuana River Basin”, prepared by the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 89–640, §1, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 884.)
Pursuant to the agreement concluded under the authority of section 277d–32 of this title, the United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain the portion of the “International Flood Control Project, Tijuana River Basin,” assigned to the United States, and there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States section the sum of $10,800,000 for construction costs of such project, as modified, based on estimated June 1976 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of price index fluctuations in costs involved therein, and such sums as may be necessary for its maintenance and operation, except that no funds may be appropriated under sections 277d–32 and 277d–33 of this title for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 1977. Contingent upon the furnishing by the city of San Diego of its appropriate share of the funds for the acquisition of the land and interests therein needed to carry out the agreement between the United States and Mexico to construct such project, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, is further authorized to participate financially with non-Federal interests in the acquisition of said lands and interest therein, to the extent that funds provided by the city of San Diego are insufficient for this purpose.
(Pub. L. 89–640, §2, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 884; Pub. L. 94–425, Sept. 28, 1976, 90 Stat. 1333.)
1976—Pub. L. 94–425 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $10,800,000 for construction costs for project based on June 1976 prices, with exception that no funds may be appropriated for fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1977 for provisions authorizing appropriations not to exceed $12,600,000 for construction costs for project, eliminated provision requiring approval of title by Attorney General, and inserted provision authorizing financial participation of Secretary of State through Commissioner to acquire land for construction of project contingent upon city of San Diego furnishing its appropriate share of funds.
In connection with the treaty between the United States of America and the United Mexican States to resolve pending boundary differences and maintain the Rio Grande and the Colorado River as the international boundary between the United States of America and the United Mexican States, signed November 23, 1970, (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “treaty”), the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States, and Mexico (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Commissioner”), is authorized—
(1) to conduct technical and other investigations relating to—
(A) the demarcation, mapping, monumentation, channel relocation, rectification, improvement, stabilization, and other matters relating to the preservation of the river boundaries between the United States and Mexico;
(B) the establishment and delimitation of the maritime boundaries in the Gulf of Mexico and in the Pacific Ocean;
(C) water resources; and
(D) the sanitation and the prevention of pollution;
(2) to acquire by donation, purchase, or condemnation, all lands or interests in lands required—
(A) for transfer to Mexico as provided in the treaty;
(B) for construction of that portion of new river channels and the adjoining levees in the territory of the United States;
(C) to preserve the Rio Grande and the Colorado River as the boundary by preventing the construction of works which may cause deflection or obstruction of the normal flow of the rivers or of their floodflows; and
(D) for relocation of any structure or facility, public or private, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the Commissioner, is necessitated by the project; and
(3) to remove, modify, or repair the damages caused to Mexico by works constructed in the United States which the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, as determined have an adverse effect on Mexico, or to compensate Mexico for such damages.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §101, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161.)
This Act, referred to in text, means Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, which enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–42 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 92–549 provided: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–35 to 277d–42 of this title and amending section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972’.”
The Commissioner is authorized—
(1) to construct, operate, and maintain all works provided for in the treaty and title I of this Act;
(2) to enter into contracts with the owners of properties to be relocated whereby such owners undertake to perform, at the expense of the United States, any or all operations involved in such relocations; and
(3) to turn over the operation and maintenance of any works referred to in paragraph (1) of this section to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such works may be situated, in whole or in part, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the Commissioner may deem appropriate.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §102, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title I of this Act enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–40 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commissioner is authorized to dispose of by warranty deed, or otherwise, any land acquired by him on behalf of the United States, or obtained by the United States pursuant to treaty between the United States and Mexico, and not required for project purposes, under procedures to be formulated by the Commissioner, to adjoining landowners at such price as he considers fair and equitable, and, if not so disposed of, to turn such land over to the General Services Administration for disposal under the provisions of chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §103, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
In text, “chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41” substituted for “the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, which Act enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
When a determination must be made under the treaty whether to permit a new channel to become the boundary, or whether or not to restore a river to its former channel, or whether, instead of restoration, the Governments should undertake a rectification of the river channel, the Commissioner's decision, approved by the Secretary of State shall be final so far as the United States is concerned, and the Commissioner is authorized to construct or arrange for the construction of such works as may be required to give effect to that decision.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §104, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
Land acquired or to be acquired by the United States of America in accordance with the provisions of the treaty, including the tract provided for in section 277d–39 of this title, shall become a geographical part of the State to which it attaches and shall be under the civil and criminal jurisdiction of such State, without affecting the ownership of such land. The addition of land and the ceding of jurisdiction to a State shall take effect upon acceptance by such State.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §105, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
Upon transfer of sovereignty from Mexico to the United States of the 481.68 acres of land acquired by the United States from Mexico near Hidalgo-Reynosa, administration over the portion of that land which is determined by the Commissioner not to be required for the construction and maintenance of the relocated river channel shall be assumed by the Department of the Interior; and the Department of the Interior, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, is authorized to plan, establish, develop, and administer such portion of the acquired lands as a part of the national wildlife refuge system.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §106, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162; Pub. L. 93–271, §1(3), Apr. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 92.)
“United States Fish and Wildlife Service” substituted in text for “Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife” pursuant to section 1(3) of Pub. L. 93–271, see section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the treaty and title I of this Act.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §108, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title I of this Act enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–40 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
The Secretary of State, acting through the Commissioner, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for a coordinated plan by the United States and Mexico for international flood control works for protection of lands along the international section of the Rio Grande in the United States and in Mexico in the Presidio-Ojinaga Valley.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title II, §201, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1163.)
If an agreement is concluded pursuant to section 277d–41 of this title, the Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain flood control works located in the United States having substantially the characteristics described in “Report on the Flood Control Project Rio Grande, Presidio Valley, Texas”, prepared by the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico; and there are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of the Commission such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of title II of this Act. No part of any appropriation under this section shall be expended for flood control works on any land, site, or easement unless such land, site, or easement has been acquired under the treaty for other purposes or by donation and, in the case of a donation, the title thereto has been approved in accordance with existing rules and regulations of the Attorney General of the United States.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title II, §202, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1163.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title II of this Act enacted sections 277d–41 and 277d–42 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
In sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title, the following definitions apply:
The term “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
The term “Commission” means the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico.
The term “IWTP” means the South Bay International Wastewater Treatment Plant constructed under the provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), section 510 of the Water Quality Act of 1987 (101 Stat. 80–82), and Treaty Minutes to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944.
The term “secondary treatment” has the meaning such term has under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and its implementing regulations.
The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of State.
The term “Mexican facility” means a proposed public-private wastewater treatment facility to be constructed and operated under sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title within Mexico for the purpose of treating sewage flows generated within Mexico, which flows impact the surface waters, health, and safety of the United States and Mexico.
The term “mgd” means million gallons per day.
(Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §803, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977.)
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, referred to in pars. (3) and (4), is act June 30, 1948, ch. 758, as amended generally by Pub. L. 92–500, §2, Oct. 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 816, which is classified generally to chapter 26 (§1251 et seq.) of Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1251 of Title 33 and Tables.
Section 510 of the Water Quality Act of 1987, referred to in par. (3), is section 510 of Pub. L. 100–4, title V, Feb. 4, 1987, 101 Stat. 80, which is not classified to the Code.
Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §801, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977, provided that: “This title [enacting this section and sections 277d–44 to 277d–46 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Tijuana River Valley Estuary and Beach Sewage Cleanup Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §802, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977, provided that: “The purpose of this title [see Short Title note above] is to authorize the United States to take actions to address comprehensively the treatment of sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico, that flows untreated or partially treated into the United States causing significant adverse public health and environmental impacts.”
Pursuant to Treaty Minute 311 to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944, and notwithstanding section 510(b)(2) of the Water Quality Act of 1987 (101 Stat. 81), the Commission is authorized and directed to provide for the secondary treatment of a total of not more than 50 mgd in Mexico—
(A) of effluent from the IWTP if such treatment is not provided for at a facility in the United States; and
(B) of additional sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico.
Subject to the results of the comprehensive plan developed under subsection (b) of this section revealing a need for additional secondary treatment capacity in the San Diego-Tijuana border region and recommending the provision of such capacity in Mexico, the Commission may provide not more than an additional 25 mgd of secondary treatment capacity in Mexico for treatment described in paragraph (1).
Not later than 24 months after November 7, 2000, the Administrator shall develop a comprehensive plan with stakeholder involvement to address the transborder sanitation problems in the San Diego-Tijuana border region. The plan shall include, at a minimum—
(1) an analysis of the long-term secondary treatment needs of the region;
(2) an analysis of upgrades in the sewage collection system serving the Tijuana area, Mexico; and
(3) an identification of options, and recommendations for preferred options, for additional sewage treatment capacity for future flows emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico.
Notwithstanding any provision of Federal procurement law, the Commission may enter into a multiyear fee-for-services contract with the owner of a Mexican facility in order to carry out the secondary treatment requirements of subsection (a) of this section and make payments under such contract, subject to the availability of appropriations and subject to the terms of paragraph (2).
Any contract under this subsection shall provide, at a minimum, for the following:
(A) Transportation of the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP to the Mexican facility for secondary treatment.
(B) Treatment of the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP to the secondary treatment level in compliance with water quality laws of the United States, California, and Mexico.
(C) Return conveyance from the Mexican facility of any such treated effluent that cannot be reused in either Mexico or the United States to the South Bay Ocean Outfall for discharge into the Pacific Ocean in compliance with water quality laws of the United States and California.
(D) Subject to the requirements of subsection (a) of this section, additional sewage treatment capacity that provides for advanced primary and secondary treatment of sewage described in subsection (a)(1)(B) of this section in addition to the capacity required to treat the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP.
(E) A contract term of 20 years.
(F) Arrangements for monitoring, verification, and enforcement of compliance with United States, California, and Mexican water quality standards.
(G) Arrangements for the disposal and use of sludge, produced from the IWTP and the Mexican facility, at a location or locations in Mexico.
(H) Maintenance by the owner of the Mexican facility at all times throughout the term of the contract of a 20 percent equity position in the capital structure of the Mexican facility.
(I) Payment of fees by the Commission to the owner of the Mexican facility for sewage treatment services with the annual amount payable to reflect all agreed upon costs associated with the development, financing, construction, operation, and maintenance of the Mexican facility, including costs associated with the purchase of any insurance or other financial instrument under subparagraph (K). Costs associated with the purchase of such insurance or other financial instrument may be amortized over the term of the contract.
(J) Neither the Commission nor the United States Government shall be liable for payment of any cancellation fees if the Commission cancels the contract.
(K) The owner of the Mexican facility may purchase insurance or other financial instrument to cover the risk of cancellation of the contract by the Commission. Any such insurance or other financial instrument shall not be provided or guaranteed by the United States Government, and the Government may reserve the right to validate independently the reasonableness of the premium when negotiating the annual service fee with the owner.
(L) Transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to an appropriate governmental entity, other than the United States, if the Commission cancels the contract.
(M) Transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to an appropriate governmental entity, other than the United States, if the owner of the Mexican facility fails to perform under the contract.
(N) The use of competitive procedures under applicable law, consistent with division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41, by the owner of the Mexican facility in the procurement of property or services for the engineering, construction, and operation and maintenance of the Mexican facility.
(O) An opportunity for the Commission to review and approve the selection of contractors providing engineering, construction, and operation and maintenance for the Mexican facility.